US20050032802A1 - Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents - Google Patents
Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050032802A1 US20050032802A1 US10/865,262 US86526204A US2005032802A1 US 20050032802 A1 US20050032802 A1 US 20050032802A1 US 86526204 A US86526204 A US 86526204A US 2005032802 A1 US2005032802 A1 US 2005032802A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- aryl
- aromatic heterocycle
- alkoxy
- alkynyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- -1 Diterpenoid compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 342
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 45
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 title description 14
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 title description 12
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 title description 5
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 title description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 344
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 173
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 154
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 150
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 81
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 55
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 953
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 378
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 231
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 206
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 203
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 202
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 160
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 158
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 120
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 115
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 108
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 108
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 76
- 125000000027 (C1-C10) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 54
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 52
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 46
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 39
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 claims description 28
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910014033 C-OH Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910014570 C—OH Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010000830 Acute leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000024207 chronic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- UHPMCKVQTMMPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,8-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-6-methyl-7-(2-oxopropyl)naphthalene-1,4-dione Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(C)=O)C(O)=C2C(=O)C(OC)=CC(=O)C2=C1O UHPMCKVQTMMPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000024893 Acute lymphoblastic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000014697 Acute lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000031261 Acute myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000003076 Angiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010003571 Astrocytoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010004593 Bile duct cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000005243 Chondrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000009047 Chordoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006332 Choriocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241001480517 Conidiobolus Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000009798 Craniopharyngioma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241001527609 Cryptococcus Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000009051 Embryonal Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010014967 Ependymoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241001480035 Epidermophyton Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000031637 Erythroblastic Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000036566 Erythroleukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006168 Ewing Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000008808 Fibrosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000223218 Fusarium Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000001258 Hemangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000228402 Histoplasma Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000018142 Leiomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000007054 Medullary Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000000172 Medulloblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241001480037 Microsporum Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000235395 Mucor Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000033776 Myeloid Acute Leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000228143 Penicillium Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000007641 Pinealoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006664 Precursor Cell Lymphoblastic Leukemia-Lymphoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000235527 Rhizopus Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000010208 Seminoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000223238 Trichophyton Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000223230 Trichosporon Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000002495 Uterine Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000014070 Vestibular schwannoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000033559 Waldenström macroglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000008383 Wilms tumor Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000017733 acquired polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000021841 acute erythroid leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000007180 bile duct carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000001531 bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000003362 bronchogenic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000002445 cystadenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000037828 epithelial carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000025750 heavy chain disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000002222 hemangioblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010024627 liposarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000005296 lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000037829 lymphangioendotheliosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000012804 lymphangiosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000001611 myxosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000025189 neoplasm of testis Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000004019 papillary adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000010198 papillary carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000024724 pineal body neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000004123 pineal gland cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000037244 polycythemia vera Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000009410 rhabdomyosarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000008407 sebaceous adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000010965 sweat gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010042863 synovial sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000010570 urinary bladder carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010046766 uterine cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- IRWNRQDLCBEVMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-hydroxy-6-methoxy-1,1,4a,7-tetramethylphenanthrene-2,9-dione Chemical compound O=C1C(O)=C2C(C)(C)C(=O)C=CC2(C)C2=C1C=C(C)C(OC)=C2 IRWNRQDLCBEVMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006519 CCH3 Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000186361 Actinobacteria <class> Species 0.000 claims 8
- 208000036762 Acute promyelocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 208000010839 B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 241000235579 Basidiobolus Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000335423 Blastomyces Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000223203 Coccidioides Species 0.000 claims 8
- 206010024305 Leukaemia monocytic Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 208000031422 Lymphocytic Chronic B-Cell Leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 241000555676 Malassezia Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000235575 Mortierella Species 0.000 claims 8
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 201000010133 Oligodendroglioma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 241001236817 Paecilomyces <Clavicipitaceae> Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241001537205 Paracoccidioides Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000233870 Pneumocystis Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000223596 Pseudallescheria Species 0.000 claims 8
- 201000000582 Retinoblastoma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 241000235402 Rhizomucor Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000293026 Saksenaea Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000122799 Scopulariopsis Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241000223255 Scytalidium Species 0.000 claims 8
- 241001149962 Sporothrix Species 0.000 claims 8
- 208000004064 acoustic neuroma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 claims 8
- 208000032852 chronic lymphocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 claims 8
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 206010027191 meningioma Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 201000006894 monocytic leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 208000025113 myeloid leukemia Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 201000000317 pneumocystosis Diseases 0.000 claims 8
- 241000235555 Cunninghamella Species 0.000 claims 7
- KUGLDUDADCQWKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10-hydroxy-7-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methoxy-1,1,4a-trimethylphenanthrene-2,9-dione Chemical compound O=C1C(O)=C2C(C)(C)C(=O)C=CC2(C)C2=C1C=C(CO)C(OC)=C2 KUGLDUDADCQWKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 65
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 54
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 40
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 38
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 38
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 20
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 20
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 20
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 17
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 15
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M (3r,5r)-7-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[methyl-[(1r)-1-phenylethyl]carbamoyl]-4-propan-2-ylpyrazol-3-yl]-3,5-dihydroxyheptanoate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](C)N(C)C(=O)C2=NN(C(CC[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](O)CC([O-])=O)=C2C(C)C)C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=CC=CC=C1 MPDDTAJMJCESGV-CTUHWIOQSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 14
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 12
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 11
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 11
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 11
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 9
- STPKWKPURVSAJF-LJEWAXOPSA-N (4r,5r)-5-[4-[[4-(1-aza-4-azoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-4-ylmethyl)phenyl]methoxy]phenyl]-3,3-dibutyl-7-(dimethylamino)-1,1-dioxo-4,5-dihydro-2h-1$l^{6}-benzothiepin-4-ol Chemical compound O[C@H]1C(CCCC)(CCCC)CS(=O)(=O)C2=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C2[C@H]1C(C=C1)=CC=C1OCC(C=C1)=CC=C1C[N+]1(CC2)CCN2CC1 STPKWKPURVSAJF-LJEWAXOPSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 8
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000005865 C2-C10alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- PKMUHQIDVVOXHQ-HXUWFJFHSA-N C[C@H](C1=CC(C2=CC=C(CNC3CCCC3)S2)=CC=C1)NC(C1=C(C)C=CC(NC2CNC2)=C1)=O Chemical compound C[C@H](C1=CC(C2=CC=C(CNC3CCCC3)S2)=CC=C1)NC(C1=C(C)C=CC(NC2CNC2)=C1)=O PKMUHQIDVVOXHQ-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940126179 compound 72 Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- BJXYHBKEQFQVES-NWDGAFQWSA-N enpatoran Chemical compound N[C@H]1CN(C[C@H](C1)C(F)(F)F)C1=C2C=CC=NC2=C(C=C1)C#N BJXYHBKEQFQVES-NWDGAFQWSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 7
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000006374 C2-C10 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 108010031896 Cell Cycle Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000005483 Cell Cycle Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 6
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 5-bromodeoxyuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940117975 chromium trioxide Drugs 0.000 description 5
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium trioxide Inorganic materials O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Cr+6] GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N BROMODEOXYURIDINE Natural products C1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 WOVKYSAHUYNSMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003745 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000100 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229950004398 broxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000012820 cell cycle checkpoint Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 4
- YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-[6-amino-8-[(4-phenylphenyl)methylamino]purin-9-yl]-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1CNC1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O YJLIKUSWRSEPSM-WGQQHEPDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108050006400 Cyclin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N Mytomycin Chemical compound C1N2C(C(C(C)=C(N)C3=O)=O)=C3[C@@H](COC(N)=O)[C@@]2(OC)[C@@H]2[C@H]1N2 NWIBSHFKIJFRCO-WUDYKRTCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 102100036691 Proliferating cell nuclear antigen Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000018199 S phase Effects 0.000 description 3
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000014680 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 231100000504 carcinogenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007914 intraventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 3
- WJCXADMLESSGRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl selenohypochlorite Chemical compound Cl[Se]C1=CC=CC=C1 WJCXADMLESSGRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N (2R,4S)-ketoconazole Chemical compound C1CN(C(=O)C)CCN1C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1O[C@@](CN2C=NC=C2)(C=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)OC1 XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N 0.000 description 2
- FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N (E)-dacarbazine Chemical compound CN(C)\N=N\c1[nH]cnc1C(N)=O FDKXTQMXEQVLRF-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 2-[(2r)-butan-2-yl]-4-[4-[4-[4-[[(2r,4s)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1N([C@H](C)CC)N=CN1C1=CC=C(N2CCN(CC2)C=2C=CC(OC[C@@H]3O[C@](CN4N=CN=C4)(OC3)C=3C(=CC(Cl)=CC=3)Cl)=CC=2)C=C1 VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Allylamine Chemical compound NCC=C VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150012716 CDK1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000905 Cadherin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050007957 Cadherin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000005623 Carcinogenesis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclophosphamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)NCCCO1 CMSMOCZEIVJLDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 101100059559 Emericella nidulans (strain FGSC A4 / ATCC 38163 / CBS 112.46 / NRRL 194 / M139) nimX gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000010190 G1 phase Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N Idarubicin Chemical compound C1[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2C[C@@](O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-TZNDIEGXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Idarubicin Natural products C1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C2=C(O)C(C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C3=O)=C3C(O)=C2CC(O)(C(C)=O)C1 XDXDZDZNSLXDNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lomustine Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 GQYIWUVLTXOXAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N N-debenzoyl-N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-10-deacetyltaxol Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H]2[C@@](C([C@H](O)C3=C(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C=4C=CC=CC=4)C[C@]1(O)C3(C)C)=O)(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]1OC[C@]12OC(=O)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZDZOTLJHXYCWBA-VCVYQWHSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N Tamoxifen Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(/CC)=C(C=1C=CC(OCCN(C)C)=CC=1)/C1=CC=CC=C1 NKANXQFJJICGDU-QPLCGJKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008385 Urogenital Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100273808 Xenopus laevis cdk1-b gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000340 anti-metabolite Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940100197 antimetabolite Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002256 antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940045719 antineoplastic alkylating agent nitrosoureas Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000036952 cancer formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010307 cell transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960004397 cyclophosphamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003901 dacarbazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000975 daunorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005828 desilylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960003668 docetaxel Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000008686 ergosterol biosynthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- XRECTZIEBJDKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N flucytosine Chemical compound NC1=NC(=O)NC=C1F XRECTZIEBJDKEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004413 flucytosine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960000908 idarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N ifosfamide Chemical compound ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl HOMGKSMUEGBAAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001101 ifosfamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960004130 itraconazole Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960004125 ketoconazole Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960001156 mitoxantrone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N mitoxantrone Chemical compound O=C1C2=C(O)C=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C2=C1C(NCCNCCO)=CC=C2NCCNCCO KKZJGLLVHKMTCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004291 polyenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001117 sulphuric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000007586 terpenes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004853 tetrahydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003507 tetrahydrothiofenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004632 tetrahydrothiopyranyl group Chemical group S1C(CCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tioguanine Chemical compound N1C(N)=NC(=S)C2=C1N=CN2 WYWHKKSPHMUBEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010044412 transitional cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001814 trypan blue Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000005740 tumor formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N vinorelbine Chemical compound C1N(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=22)CC(CC)=C[C@H]1C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C1=CC([C@]23[C@H]([C@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]4(CC)C=CCN([C@H]34)CC2)(O)C(=O)OC)N2C)=C2C=C1OC GBABOYUKABKIAF-GHYRFKGUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002066 vinorelbine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- OILXMJHPFNGGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N (22E)-(24xi)-24-methylcholesta-5,22-dien-3beta-ol Natural products C1C=C2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(C)C=CC(C)C(C)C)C1(C)CC2 OILXMJHPFNGGTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQOCXCFLRBRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (22E)-cholesta-5,7,22-trien-3beta-ol Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C(CCC3(C(C(C)C=CCC(C)C)CCC33)C)C3=CC=C21 RQOCXCFLRBRBCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQHLMHIZUIDKOO-OKZBNKHCSA-N (2R,6S)-2,6-dimethyl-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-3-[4-(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenyl]propyl]morpholine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC)=CC=C1C[C@H](C)CN1C[C@@H](C)O[C@@H](C)C1 MQHLMHIZUIDKOO-OKZBNKHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOKAZRDERJMRCJ-KOUAFAAESA-N (3r)-7-[(1s,2s,4ar,6s,8s)-2,6-dimethyl-8-[(2s)-2-methylbutanoyl]oxy-1,2,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl]-3-hydroxy-5-oxoheptanoic acid Chemical compound C1=C[C@H](C)[C@H](CCC(=O)C[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O)C2[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]21 OOKAZRDERJMRCJ-KOUAFAAESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N (7r,9s)-7-[(2r,4s,5s,6s)-4-amino-5-hydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-6,9,11-trihydroxy-9-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-4-methoxy-8,10-dihydro-7h-tetracene-5,12-dione;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.O([C@@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N (R)-bicalutamide Chemical compound C([C@@](O)(C)C(=O)NC=1C=C(C(C#N)=CC=1)C(F)(F)F)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LKJPYSCBVHEWIU-KRWDZBQOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEVSOMFAQLZNKR-RJRFIUFISA-N (z)-3-[3-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-1-yl]-n'-pyrazin-2-ylprop-2-enehydrazide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC(C2=NN(\C=C/C(=O)NNC=3N=CC=NC=3)C=N2)=C1 DEVSOMFAQLZNKR-RJRFIUFISA-N 0.000 description 1
- SWQQELWGJDXCFT-PNHWDRBUSA-N 1-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-2-yl]-5-ethynylimidazole-4-carboxamide Chemical compound C#CC1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SWQQELWGJDXCFT-PNHWDRBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004776 1-fluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 1-oxidanylurea Chemical compound N[14C](=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003562 2,2-dimethylpentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003660 2,3-dimethylpentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003764 2,4-dimethylpentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WGFNXGPBPIJYLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-difluoro-3-[(3-fluorophenyl)sulfonylamino]-n-(3-methoxy-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridin-5-yl)benzamide Chemical compound C1=C2C(OC)=NNC2=NC=C1NC(=O)C(C=1F)=C(F)C=CC=1NS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC(F)=C1 WGFNXGPBPIJYLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGTNSNPWRIOYBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-{[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl](methyl)amino}-2-(propan-2-yl)pentanenitrile Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CCN(C)CCCC(C#N)(C(C)C)C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 SGTNSNPWRIOYBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGTRXRJMKPFFHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-3,7-dihydropurine-6-thione;3,7-dihydropurine-6-thione Chemical compound S=C1N=CNC2=C1NC=N2.S=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1NC=N2 KGTRXRJMKPFFHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLVYLTSKTCWWJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-carbonoperoxoylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O GLVYLTSKTCWWJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001340 2-chloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003229 2-methylhexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005916 2-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydroxy-15-(4-hydroxy-18-methoxycarbonyl-5,18-seco-ibogamin-18-yl)-16-methoxy-1-methyl-6,7-didehydro-aspidospermidine-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 NDMPLJNOPCLANR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004337 3-ethylpentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003469 3-methylhexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005917 3-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 4'-epidoxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-VTZDEGQISA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQAZPZIYEOGZAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethyl-n-[4-(3-ethynylanilino)-7-methoxyquinazolin-6-yl]piperazine-1-carboxamide Chemical compound C1CN(CC)CCN1C(=O)NC(C(=CC1=NC=N2)OC)=CC1=C2NC1=CC=CC(C#C)=C1 DQAZPZIYEOGZAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-butyl Chemical group [CH2]CCCO SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSIWALKZYXPAGW-NSHDSACASA-N 6-(3-fluorophenyl)-3-methyl-7-[(1s)-1-(7h-purin-6-ylamino)ethyl]-[1,3]thiazolo[3,2-a]pyrimidin-5-one Chemical compound C=1([C@@H](NC=2C=3N=CNC=3N=CN=2)C)N=C2SC=C(C)N2C(=O)C=1C1=CC=CC(F)=C1 RSIWALKZYXPAGW-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQMZNAMGEHIHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Dehydrostigmasterol Natural products C1C(O)CCC2(C)C(CCC3(C(C(C)C=CC(CC)C(C)C)CCC33)C)C3=CC=C21 OQMZNAMGEHIHNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUXVKZWTXQUGMW-FQEVSTJZSA-N 9-Aminocamptothecin Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 FUXVKZWTXQUGMW-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000235389 Absidia Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000187254 Actinomadura madurae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186046 Actinomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100024321 Alkaline phosphatase, placental type Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000266330 Alternaria chartarum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930183010 Amphotericin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QGGFZZLFKABGNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amphotericin A Natural products OC1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C=CC=CC=CC=CCCC=CC=CC(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)OC(=O)CC(O)CC(O)CCC(O)C(O)CC(O)CC(O)(CC(O)C2C(O)=O)OC2C1 QGGFZZLFKABGNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000773289 Anthopsis deltoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293034 Apophysomyces elegans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000112130 Arnium Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000015790 Asparaginase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010024976 Asparaginase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000223678 Aureobasidium pullulans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001480523 Basidiobolus ranarum Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002028 Biomass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001465178 Bipolaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010005056 Bladder neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000228405 Blastomyces dermatitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010065553 Bone marrow failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical class [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical class NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940123587 Cell cycle inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241001619326 Cephalosporium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000221955 Chaetomium Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010077544 Chromatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001633124 Cladophialophora boppii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222290 Cladosporium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223205 Coccidioides immitis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001327444 Coniochaeta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293018 Cunninghamella bertholletiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000223208 Curvularia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000371644 Curvularia ravenelii Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010068192 Cyclin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002554 Cyclin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013701 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010025464 Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021906 Cyclin-O Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FMGYKKMPNATWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyperquat Chemical compound C1=C[N+](C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 FMGYKKMPNATWHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 241000215396 Dactylaria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000009058 Death Domain Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049207 Death Domain Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006117 Diels-Alder cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100024746 Dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100327242 Drosophila melanogaster CycE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004908 Emulsion polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001480036 Epidermophyton floccosum Species 0.000 description 1
- HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epirubicin Natural products COc1cccc2C(=O)c3c(O)c4CC(O)(CC(OC5CC(N)C(=O)C(C)O5)c4c(O)c3C(=O)c12)C(=O)CO HTIJFSOGRVMCQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-NXVQYWJNSA-N Ergosterol Natural products CC(C)[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H](C)[C@H]1CC[C@H]2C3=CC=C4C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]4(C)[C@@H]3CC[C@]12C DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-NXVQYWJNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical class NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000223682 Exophiala Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000248325 Exophiala dermatitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000650709 Exophiala phaeomuriformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000009649 Feulgen staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012413 Fluorescence activated cell sorting analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000122862 Fonsecaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010017523 Fungaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000159512 Geotrichum Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007818 Grignard reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010033040 Histones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006947 Histones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000897441 Homo sapiens Cyclin-O Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000904173 Homo sapiens Progonadoliberin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VSNHCAURESNICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxyurea Chemical compound NC(=O)NO VSNHCAURESNICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical class C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061217 Infestation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008070 Interferon-gamma Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074328 Interferon-gamma Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010076876 Keratins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011782 Keratins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical class NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010000817 Leuprolide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001391678 Linum arboreum Species 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical class [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000035967 Long Term Adverse Effects Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028018 Lymphocytic leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001444195 Madurella Species 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical class [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000555688 Malassezia furfur Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930192392 Mitomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- PCZOHLXUXFIOCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Monacolin X Natural products C12C(OC(=O)C(C)CC)CC(C)C=C2C=CC(C)C1CCC1CC(O)CC(=O)O1 PCZOHLXUXFIOCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010085220 Multiprotein Complexes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007474 Multiprotein Complexes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100273648 Mus musculus Ccna2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100059444 Mus musculus Ccnb1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000315058 Mycocentrospora acerina Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-benzoyl-Ferrioxamine B Chemical compound CC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCC(=O)N(O)CCCCCN UBQYURCVBFRUQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028813 Nausea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000187654 Nocardia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100112680 Ostreococcus tauri CycD gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000282577 Pan troglodytes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001504519 Papio ursinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000526686 Paracoccidioides brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010057150 Peplomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000933011 Phaeoannellomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001236184 Phaeosclera dematioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000286209 Phasianidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001133232 Phialemonium obovatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222831 Phialophora <Chaetothyriales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001503951 Phoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001326501 Piedraia Species 0.000 description 1
- NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pimaricin Natural products OC1C(N)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1C=CC=CC=CC=CCC(C)OC(=O)C=CC2OC2CC(O)CC(O)(CC(O)C2C(O)=O)OC2C1 NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMSKQZKKOZQFFG-HSUXVGOQSA-N Pirarubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@@H](N)C[C@@H](O[C@H]1C)O[C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1CCCCO1 KMSKQZKKOZQFFG-HSUXVGOQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001938 Plasminogen Activators Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001014 Plasminogen Activators Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000233872 Pneumocystis carinii Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical class [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024028 Progonadoliberin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000197220 Pythium insidiosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000907918 Radiomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001524161 Rhinocladiella aquaspersa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000235525 Rhizomucor pusillus Species 0.000 description 1
- IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N Ribavirin Chemical compound N1=C(C(=O)N)N=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 IWUCXVSUMQZMFG-AFCXAGJDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006382 Ribonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083644 Ribonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000288960 Saguinus oedipus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000293025 Saksenaea vasiformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000223598 Scedosporium boydii Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001149963 Sporothrix schenckii Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000005782 Squalene Monooxygenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003891 Squalene monooxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- 101000996723 Sus scrofa Gonadotropin-releasing hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000736855 Syncephalastrum racemosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000389 T-cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028530 T-cell lymphoblastic leukemia/lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thapsigargin Natural products CCCCCCCC(=O)OC1C(OC(O)C(=C/C)C)C(=C2C3OC(=O)C(C)(O)C3(O)C(CC(C)(OC(=O)C)C12)OC(=O)CCC)C HATRDXDCPOXQJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001450847 Thermomucor indicae-seudaticae Species 0.000 description 1
- YCPOZVAOBBQLRI-WDSKDSINSA-N Treosulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)COS(C)(=O)=O YCPOZVAOBBQLRI-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060008683 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010040002 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001742 Tumor Suppressor Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical class O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007239 Wittig reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000223673 Xylohypha Species 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical class [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N [(1s,3r,4ar,7s,8s,8as)-3-hydroxy-8-[2-[(4r)-4-hydroxy-6-oxooxan-2-yl]ethyl]-7-methyl-1,2,3,4,4a,7,8,8a-octahydronaphthalen-1-yl] (2s)-2-methylbutanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=C[C@H]2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)CC1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 LJOOWESTVASNOG-UFJKPHDISA-N 0.000 description 1
- DULZJSBFYXKCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-M [OH-].[Si+4].CN(C)CCC[Si](C)(C)[O-].c1ccc2c3nc(nc4[n-]c(nc5nc(nc6[n-]c(n3)c3ccccc63)c3ccccc53)c3ccccc43)c2c1 Chemical compound [OH-].[Si+4].CN(C)CCC[Si](C)(C)[O-].c1ccc2c3nc(nc4[n-]c(nc5nc(nc6[n-]c(n3)c3ccccc63)c3ccccc53)c3ccccc43)c2c1 DULZJSBFYXKCJG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000007171 acid catalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930183665 actinomycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000362 adenosine triphosphatase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930013930 alkaloid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001370 alpha-amino acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical class [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960003204 amorolfine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940009444 amphotericin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940045799 anthracyclines and related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003432 anti-folate effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030495 antiandrogen sex hormone and modulator of the genital system Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127074 antifolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005739 apoptotic body formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003272 asparaginase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M asparaginate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzathine Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCNCC1=CC=CC=C1 JUHORIMYRDESRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000997 bicalutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000031709 bromination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002092 busulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000711 cancerogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000357 carcinogen Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003183 carcinogenic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700021031 cdc Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000034303 cell budding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006369 cell cycle progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002390 cell membrane structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000017455 cell-cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035605 chemotaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000633 chiral stationary phase gas chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical class CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical class C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003483 chromatin Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005757 colony formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940127204 compound 29 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008504 concentrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000030944 contact inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000599 controlled substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- SBRXTSOCZITGQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N crisnatol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CNC(CO)(CO)C)=CC3=C(C=CC=C4)C4=CC=C3C2=C1 SBRXTSOCZITGQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950007258 crisnatol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011461 current therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical class NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000958 deferoxamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001335 demethylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002781 deodorant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004772 dichloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical class OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 108020001096 dihydrofolate reductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003534 dna topoisomerase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- ZWAOHEXOSAUJHY-ZIYNGMLESA-N doxifluridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ZWAOHEXOSAUJHY-ZIYNGMLESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950005454 doxifluridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ent-staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001904 epirubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-SOWFXMKYSA-N ergosterol Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H](CC[C@]3([C@H]([C@H](C)/C=C/[C@@H](C)C(C)C)CC[C@H]33)C)C3=CC=C21 DNVPQKQSNYMLRS-SOWFXMKYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N etoposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 VJJPUSNTGOMMGY-MRVIYFEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005420 etoposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003722 extracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000961 floxuridine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N floxuridine Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(F)=C1 ODKNJVUHOIMIIZ-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluconazole Chemical compound C1=NC=NN1CC(C=1C(=CC(F)=CC=1)F)(O)CN1C=NC=N1 RFHAOTPXVQNOHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004884 fluconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000390 fludarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N fludarabine phosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC(F)=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GIUYCYHIANZCFB-FJFJXFQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004052 folic acid antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005251 gamma ray Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLXSAKCOAKORKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N gonadorelin Chemical compound C1CCC(C(=O)NCC(N)=O)N1C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C(CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XLXSAKCOAKORKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015220 hamburgers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000005787 hematologic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024200 hematopoietic and lymphoid system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001330 hydroxycarbamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003463 hyperproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003685 imatinib mesylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001114 immunoprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012606 in vitro cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002348 inosinate dehydrogenase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003130 interferon gamma Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004347 intestinal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002977 intracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006122 isoprenylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940043355 kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000003445 large cell neuroendocrine carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ACKFDYCQCBEDNU-UHFFFAOYSA-J lead(2+);tetraacetate Chemical compound [Pb+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O ACKFDYCQCBEDNU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 239000010985 leather Substances 0.000 description 1
- GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N leuprolide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004338 leuprorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- AHNJTQYTRPXLLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;diethylazanide Chemical compound [Li+].CC[N-]CC AHNJTQYTRPXLLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002247 lomustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PCZOHLXUXFIOCF-BXMDZJJMSA-N lovastatin Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H](C)C=CC2=C[C@H](C)C[C@@H]([C@H]12)OC(=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)CC(=O)O1 PCZOHLXUXFIOCF-BXMDZJJMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004844 lovastatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QLJODMDSTUBWDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N lovastatin hydroxy acid Natural products C1=CC(C)C(CCC(O)CC(O)CC(O)=O)C2C(OC(=O)C(C)CC)CC(C)C=C21 QLJODMDSTUBWDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001050 lubricating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003580 lung surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037841 lung tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003747 lymphoid leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940071125 manganese acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);diacetate Chemical compound [Mn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O UOGMEBQRZBEZQT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001786 megestrol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N megestrol acetate Chemical compound C1=C(C)C2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RQZAXGRLVPAYTJ-GQFGMJRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002175 menstrual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercaptopurine Chemical compound S=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 GLVAUDGFNGKCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001428 mercaptopurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N micophenolic acid Natural products OC1=C(CC=C(C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004857 mitomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000394 mitotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002780 morpholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002200 mouth mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036457 multidrug resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N mycophenolic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C\C=C(/C)CCC(O)=O)C(OC)=C(C)C2=C1C(=O)OC2 HPNSFSBZBAHARI-RUDMXATFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000951 mycophenolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OZGNYLLQHRPOBR-DHZHZOJOSA-N naftifine Chemical compound C=1C=CC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CN(C)C\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 OZGNYLLQHRPOBR-DHZHZOJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004313 naftifine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-FFPOYIOWSA-N natamycin Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C[C@@H](C)OC(=O)/C=C/[C@H]2O[C@@H]2C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 NCXMLFZGDNKEPB-FFPOYIOWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003255 natamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000822 natural killer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008693 nausea Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013152 negative regulation of cell migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035407 negative regulation of cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010309 neoplastic transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002581 neurotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000618 neurotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000005935 nucleophilic addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000988 nystatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VQOXZBDYSJBXMA-NQTDYLQESA-N nystatin A1 Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/CC/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 VQOXZBDYSJBXMA-NQTDYLQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006053 organic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002903 organophosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FIYYMXYOBLWYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ortho-iodylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1I(=O)=O FIYYMXYOBLWYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127084 other anti-cancer agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000466 oxiranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940055076 parasympathomimetics choline ester Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005561 phenanthryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M phenolate Chemical compound [O-]C1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus tribromide Chemical compound BrP(Br)Br IPNPIHIZVLFAFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003757 phosphotransferase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001221 pirarubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010031345 placental alkaline phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000419 plant extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127126 plasminogen activator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015768 polyposis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001855 preneoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical class CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical class CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010791 quenching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000171 quenching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003248 quinolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N radium atom Chemical compound [Ra] HCWPIIXVSYCSAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N raloxifene Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1C1=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC(OCCN3CCCCC3)=CC=2)C2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 GZUITABIAKMVPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004622 raloxifene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000979 retarding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000329 ribavirin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N ribavirin Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1N=CN=C1 HZCAHMRRMINHDJ-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011808 rodent model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108091006024 signal transducing proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034285 signal transducing proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N staurosporine Chemical compound C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@H]1C[C@@H](NC)[C@@H](OC)[C@]4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(OC)O1 CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004243 sweat Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940066765 systemic antihistamines substituted ethylene diamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001603 tamoxifen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N teniposide Chemical compound COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@@H](OC[C@H]4O3)C=3SC=CC=3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 NRUKOCRGYNPUPR-QBPJDGROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001278 teniposide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002722 terbinafine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DOMXUEMWDBAQBQ-WEVVVXLNSA-N terbinafine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CN(C\C=C\C#CC(C)(C)C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 DOMXUEMWDBAQBQ-WEVVVXLNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004753 textile Substances 0.000 description 1
- IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N thapsigargin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)O[C@H]1C[C@](C)(OC(C)=O)[C@H]2[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC)[C@@H](OC(=O)C(\C)=C/C)C(C)=C2[C@@H]2OC(=O)[C@@](C)(O)[C@]21O IXFPJGBNCFXKPI-FSIHEZPISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003723 tiazofurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FVRDYQYEVDDKCR-DBRKOABJSA-N tiazofurine Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CSC([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)=N1 FVRDYQYEVDDKCR-DBRKOABJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003087 tioguanine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N topotecan Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(CN(C)C)=C2C=C(CN3C4=CC5=C(C3=O)COC(=O)[C@]5(O)CC)C4=NC2=C1 UCFGDBYHRUNTLO-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000303 topotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012301 transgenic model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003181 treosulfan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004654 triazenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- NOYPYLRCIDNJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimetrexate Chemical compound COC1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC(NCC=2C(=C3C(N)=NC(N)=NC3=CC=2)C)=C1 NOYPYLRCIDNJJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001099 trimetrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UMKFEPPTGMDVMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trofosfamide Chemical compound ClCCN(CCCl)P1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl UMKFEPPTGMDVMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000875 trofosfamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003298 tumor necrosis factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 231100000588 tumorigenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000381 tumorigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001722 verapamil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004355 vindesine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N vindesine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(N)=O)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1N=C1[C]2C=CC=C1 UGGWPQSBPIFKDZ-KOTLKJBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N vitamin D3 Chemical class C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C\C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-YRZJJWOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009637 wintergreen oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000641 zorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FBTUMDXHSRTGRV-ALTNURHMSA-N zorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(\C)=N\NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 FBTUMDXHSRTGRV-ALTNURHMSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C45/00—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds
- C07C45/27—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by oxidation
- C07C45/29—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by oxidation of hydroxy groups
- C07C45/292—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by oxidation of hydroxy groups with chromium derivatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
- C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
- C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
- C07C323/57—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C323/58—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups with amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton
- C07C323/59—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups with amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton with acylated amino groups bound to the carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C49/00—Ketones; Ketenes; Dimeric ketenes; Ketonic chelates
- C07C49/587—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring
- C07C49/753—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
- C07C49/755—Unsaturated compounds containing a keto groups being part of a ring containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups a keto group being part of a condensed ring system with two or three rings, at least one ring being a six-membered aromatic ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
- C07C69/74—Esters of carboxylic acids having an esterified carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring
- C07C69/757—Esters of carboxylic acids having an esterified carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a ring other than a six-membered aromatic ring having any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, acyloxy, groups, groups, or in the acid moiety
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/06—Phosphorus compounds without P—C bonds
- C07F9/08—Esters of oxyacids of phosphorus
- C07F9/09—Esters of phosphoric acids
- C07F9/117—Esters of phosphoric acids with cycloaliphatic alcohols
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2603/00—Systems containing at least three condensed rings
- C07C2603/02—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems
- C07C2603/04—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings
- C07C2603/22—Ortho- or ortho- and peri-condensed systems containing three rings containing only six-membered rings
- C07C2603/26—Phenanthrenes; Hydrogenated phenanthrenes
Definitions
- cancer therapy involves surgery, chemotherapy and/or radiation treatment or eradicate neoplastic cells in a patient (see, for example, Stockdale, 1998, “Principles of Cancer Patient Management”, in Scientific American: Medicine , vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds., Chapter 12, Section IV). All of these approaches pose significant drawbacks for the patient.
- Surgery for example, can be contraindicated due to the health of the patient or can be unacceptable to the patient. Additionally, surgery might not completely remove the neoplastic tissue.
- Radiation therapy is effective only when the irradiated neoplastic tissue exhibits a higher sensitivity to radiation than normal tissue, and radiation therapy can also often elicit serious side effects.
- chemotherapeutic agents there are a variety of chemotherapeutic agents available for treatment of neoplastic disease.
- traditional chemotherapy has many drawbacks (see, for example, Stockdale, 1998, “Principles Of Cancer Patient Management” in Scientific American Medicine , vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds., ch. 12, sect. 10).
- chemotherapeutic agents are toxic, and chemotherapy can cause significant, and often dangerous, side effects, including severe nausea, bone marrow depression, immunosuppression, etc.
- tumor cells are resistant or develop resistance to chemotherapeutic agents through multi-drug resistance.
- Fluconazole, itraconazole, and ketoconazole inhibit cytochrome P450-dependent enzymes (particularly C14-demethylase) involved in the biosynthesis of ergosterol, which is required for fungal cell membrane structure and function.
- 5-Fluorocytosine acts as an inhibitor of both DNA and RNA synthesis via the conversion of 5-fluorocytosine to 5-fluorouracil.
- the present invention encompasses compounds having the Formula (Ia): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- the compound of Formula (Ia) is not: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the invention provides compounds having the Formula (Ia), wherein if (i) D is C—OH; (ii) Q 1 is ⁇ O; (iii) Q 2 is ⁇ O; (iv) A is CH; and (v) E is CR 7 then R 4 is not —CH 3 .
- the present invention further encompasses compounds having the Formula (Ic): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- the present invention still further provides compounds having the Formula (IIa): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- the invention provides compounds having the Formula (IIa), wherein (a) if (i) D is C—OH, (ii) Q 1 is ⁇ O, (iii) Q 2 is ⁇ O, (iv) A is CH 2 , and (v) E is CR 7 then R 4 is not —CH 3 ; and (b) if (i) E is C—OH, (ii) Q, is ⁇ O, (iii) Q 2 is ⁇ O, (iv) R 10 is H, (v) B is CR 4 , (vi) D is CR 5 , (vii) R 7 is CH 3 , and (viii) Q 3 is —O— then A is not C—OH.
- the present invention still further provides compounds having the Formula (IIb): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is in solid form.
- the present invention still further provides compounds having the Formula (VIIa):
- the invention provides compounds having the Formula (VIIa), wherein if D is C—OH then R 4 is not —CH 3 and if B is C—CH 3 then R 3 is not ethyl.
- the invention provides compounds having the Formula (VIIa), wherein (a) if (i) D is C—OH, (ii) Q 1 is ⁇ O, (iii) Q 2 is ⁇ O, (iv) A is CH, and (v) E is CR 7 then R 4 is not —CH 3 ; and (b) if (i) B is C—CH 3 , (ii) Q 1 is ⁇ O, (iii) Q 2 is ⁇ O,
- the present invention still further provides compounds having the Formula (VIIb):
- FIG. 3 is a bar graph depicting cell survival of different cell types following 72 hours of in vitro treatment with Compound 48 (10-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-1,1,4a,7-tetramethyl-1H,4aH-phenanthrene-2,9-dione).
- FIG. 6 is a graph depicting the net growth of Saccharomyces cerevisiae following treatment with Compound 50.
- FIG. 8 shows the conversion of Compound 74 (pro-drug) into Compound 50 (drug) over time in the presence of human placental alkaline phosphatase.
- amino acid means any naturally occurring amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acids such as D-amino acids.
- amino acids see, e.g., L. Stryer, Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York.
- An amino acid can be substituted with a protecting group.
- Suitable protecting groups for amino and amido groups include acetyl, tert-butoxy-C(O)—, benzyloxy-C(O)—, and the like.
- Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include benzyl and the like.
- Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
- Other suitable protecting groups are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include those found in T. W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1981.
- Examples of (C 3 -C 7 ) cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl, and unsaturated cyclic and bicyclic terpenes.
- C 1 -C 10 (aryl)alkyl means C 1 -C 10 alkyl, wherein C 1 -C 10 alkyl is defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein aryl is defined above.
- C 1 -C 10 (aryl)alkyl examples include, but not limited to —(CH 2 )phenyl, —(CH 2 ) 2 phenyl, —(CH 2 ) 3 phenyl, —CH(phenyl) 2 , —CH(phenyl) 3 , —(CH 2 )tolyl, —(CH 2 )anthracenyl, —(CH 2 )fluorenyl, —(CH 2 )indenyl, —(CH 2 )azulenyl, —(CH 2 )naphthyl, and the like.
- C 2 -C 10 (aryl)alkenyl means C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, wherein C 2 -C 10 alkenyl is defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein aryl is defined above.
- three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle means a heterocyclic ring that contains 3 to 7 ring atoms and that is aromatic.
- a three-membered heterocycle can contain up to 3 heteroatoms, and a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms.
- Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
- the heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- Representative five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, furyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and triazinyl.
- the term “five- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 to 7 ring atoms and that is non-aromatic.
- a five- to seven-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms.
- Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
- the heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- non-oxygen-containing five-membered aromatic heterocycle means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 ring atoms and that is aromatic.
- a five-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms.
- Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone.
- the heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- C 1 -C 10 (oxy)alkyl means C 1 -C 10 alkyl, wherein C 1 -C 10 alkyl is defined above, and wherein one of its carbon atoms is a C ⁇ O group.
- Examples of C 1 -C 10 (oxy)alkyl include, but are not limited to, —C(O)CH 3 , —CH 2 CHO, —C(O)(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , —CH 2 C(O)CH 3 , —(CH 2 ) 2 CHO, —(CH 2 ) 3 CHO, —(CH 2 ) 4 CHO an the like.
- an “effective amount” when used in connection with a Diterpenoid Compound refers to that amount of the Diterpenoid Compound useful for treating or preventing cancer, a neoplastic disease or a fungal infection; for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, neoplastic cell or fungus; or for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or a neoplastic cell, alone or in combination with another active-agent.
- an “effective amount” when used in connection with another active agent refers to that amount of the other active agent that is useful for treating or preventing a particular disease or condition, alone or in combination with a Diterpenoid Compound.
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a Diterpenoid Compound having a —COOH group include, but are not limited to, metallic salts of aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or organic salts of lysine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine.
- the term “purified” means that the compound is free of other components such that the compound is pure.
- a compound of the invention is at least about 90% pure.
- a compound of the invention is at least about 95% pure.
- the compound of the invention is at least about 98% pure.
- the compound of the invention is at least about 99% pure.
- a hydrogen of the first group is replaced with the second group.
- a first group is substituted with one, two or three second groups.
- a first group is substituted with one or two second groups.
- a first group is substituted with one second group.
- the term “patient” refers preferably to an animal, including, but not limited, to a vertebrate such a chimpanzee, baboon, cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, and guinea pig, and in one embodiment a mammal, and in a more specific embodiment a human.
- a Diterpenoid Compound can have one or more chiral centers and, accordingly, can exist in the form of a diastereomer, a (+)- or ( ⁇ )-enantiomer, a racemate, or a mixture thereof. It is recognized that Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention can have one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers.
- the compound encompasses all of the corresponding enantiomers and stereoisomers, that is, both the stereomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g., racemates.
- stereomerically pure form e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure
- enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures e.g., racemates.
- stereomerically pure means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound.
- a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound.
- a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diasteroemers of the compound.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can exist in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, free base, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, clathrate, polymorph or prodrug thereof.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR 3 , CR 4 , CR 5 and CR 6 , respectively.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR 4 and 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 8 and R 9 are hydrogen.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- R 10 is hydrogen
- -Q 3 -R 10 is —OH.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) and (Ic) are in isolated and purified form.
- Compound 50 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 50a and 50b;
- Compound 66 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 66a and 66b;
- Compound 67 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 67a and 67b;
- Compound 68 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 68a and 68b; and that Compound 69 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 69a and 69b.
- a Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection.
- a Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein Q 1 and Q 2 are ⁇ O and Q 3 is —O—.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR 3 , CR 4 , CR 5 and CR 6 , respectively.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 10 is hydrogen
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (II) are in isolated and purified form.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein Q 1 , Q 2 and Q 3 are ⁇ O.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR 3 , CR 4 , CR 5 and CR 6 , respectively.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is —OCH 3 .
- R 7 is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are in isolated and purified form.
- An illustrative Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIIa) is: and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- Compound 70 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 70a and 70b.
- the present invention encompasses novel compounds having the Formula (IVa) or (IVb): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Q 1 -Q 3 , R 1 -R 9 , R 11 -R 12 , A-E and halogen are defined above for Formula (IVa) and (IVb), respectively.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein Q 1 , Q 2 and Q 3 are ⁇ O.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are in isolated and purified form.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein Q 1 , Q 2 and Q 3 are ⁇ O.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are in isolated and purified form.
- the present invention encompasses novel compounds having the Formula (VIa) or (VIb): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Q 1 -Q 3 , R 1 -R 13 , A-E and halogen are defined above for Formula (VIa) and (VIb), respectively.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein Q 1 is CHOH, Q 2 is ⁇ O, and Q 3 is —O—.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR 3 , CR 4 , CR 5 and CR 6 , respectively.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein A is CR 3 , E is CR 6 , and R 3 and R 6 are hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 , R 4 is hydrogen, D is CR 5 and R 5 is —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 8 and R 9 are hydrogen.
- R 1 and R 2 are independently C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are in isolated and purified form.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIB) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection.
- a Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein Q 1 and Q 2 are ⁇ O, and Q 3 is CH 2 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein A is CR 3 , E is CR 6 , and R 3 and R 6 are hydrogen.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein D is CR 5 and R 5 is C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH 3 .
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR 4 and R 4 is C 1 -C 10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- R 7 is C 1 -C 10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH 3 .
- a, b-unsaturation of compounds 17 can be introduced by treating compounds 16 with a strong base such as lithium diisopropyl amide, followed by treatment with phenylselenium chloride, hydrogen peroxide or meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (M. Tius et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:5959 (1992)).
- Compounds 17 can then be oxidized with, for example, chromium trioxide/sulphuric acid or IBX in DMSO and oxygen with potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol to provide compounds 18 (Nicolaou et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123:3183 (2001); Nicolaou et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 40:207 (2001)), which are in equilibrium with enols 19.
- Scheme 2 illustrates a synthesis of Diterpenoid Compounds of subgeneric formulas 5a, 5b, 6a, and 6b.
- This route uses compounds 21, which can be obtained (Scheme 3) in three steps from IBX-DMSO oxidation of aryl- or heteroaryl-substituted propanols 26 (Nicolaou et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123:3183 (2001)), followed by Wittig reaction with aldehydes 27 (B. Maryanoff et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 107:217, (1985); A.
- Carbonyl-containing compounds 20 can be coupled with intermediates 21 using reagents such as NaH or n-butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran to provide compounds 22 (S. Welch et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 101:6768 (1979)), which can then be cyclised to the tricyclic intermediates 23 using manganese acetate in acetic acid (B. Snider et al., J. Org. Chem., 50:3659 (1985)).
- reagents such as NaH or n-butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran
- 12-Methoxypodocarpa-8,11,13-trieneoic acid is a useful starting material for Diterpenoid Compounds 11a, 11b, 12a, and 12b (Schemes 4 and 5).
- compounds 30 can be obtained by treating compound 29 with a strong base such as n-butyllithium followed by alkylation using an alkyl halide, aldehyde, ketone, ester or epoxide.
- the resulting compounds 30 can then be treated with lead tetraacetate and monoperphtalic acid to provide epoxides 31 (R. Cambie and T. Fullerton, Aust. J.
- a compound of Formula (Ib), (IIb), (IIIb), (IVb), (Vb), (VIb) and (VIIb) with a carbonyl group at one or more of positions A, B, D and E can be obtained by oxidizing a compound of Formula (Ia), (IIa), (IIIa), (IVa), (Va), (VIa) or (VIIa) that has a COH at those positions where a carbonyl is desired.
- the present invention also provides prodrugs of the Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention.
- Illustrative prodrugs of the Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention are: a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (Bn is benzyl).
- the invention provides methods for treating cancer in a patient, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74.
- a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74, is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
- a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74, is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell.
- a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74
- a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74
- a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or Compound 74
- the present invention also provides prodrugs of the Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention.
- Prodrugs include derivatives of Diterpenoid Compounds that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide an active Diterpenoid Compound of the invention.
- Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, derivatives and metabolites of a compound of the invention that include biohydrolyzable moieties such as biohydrolyzable amides, biohydrolyzable esters, biohydrolyzable carbamates, biohydrolyzable carbonates, and biohydrolyzable phosphate analogues.
- Biohydrolyzable moieties of a Diterpenoid Compound do not interfere with the biological activity of the compound but can confer upon that compound advantageous properties in vivo, such as uptake, duration of action, or onset of action; or (ii) are biologically inactive but are converted in vivo to the biologically active compound.
- biohydrolyzable esters include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl esters, alkoxyacyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds When administered to a patient, e.g., an animal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use, or when made to contact a cell or tissue, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be in isolated and purified form.
- compositions which comprise a Diterpenoid Compound
- Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and can be used to administer a Diterpenoid Compound.
- more than one Diterpenoid Compound is administered to a patient.
- Diterpenoid Compounds it might be desirable to administer one or more Diterpenoid Compounds locally to the area in need of treatment.
- This can be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, by convection or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers.
- administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a cancer, tumor or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue or fungal infection.
- Intraventricular injection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.
- Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or via perfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be delivered in a controlled-release system.
- a pump can be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)).
- polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
- carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a Diterpenoid Compound is administered.
- Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, polymethylated castor oil (CREMAPHOR EL) and the like.
- Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
- excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
- the present compositions if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
- compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155).
- suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” by E. W. Martin.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings.
- Diterpenoid Compounds intended for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
- the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent.
- Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
- the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water-free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example.
- Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optionally agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin
- flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- coloring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- preserving agents to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
- Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered Diterpenoid Compounds.
- fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture.
- a time delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used.
- Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, or magnesium carbonate. Such carriers can be of pharmaceutical grade.
- the effective amount of the Diterpenoid Compound depends on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances.
- suitable effective amounts for intravenous administration generally range from about 10 micrograms to about 1 gram per kilogram body weight, in one embodiment from about 20 micrograms to about 500 micrograms, about 400 micrograms to about 2 milligrams, about 1 milligram to about 5 milligram, about 2 milligram to about 20 milligram, about 10 milligram to about 60 milligram, about 50 milligram to about 200 milligram, about 100 milligram to about 500 milligram, or about 200 milligram to about 800 milligram of Diterpenoid Compound per kilogram body weight.
- the oral dose ranges from about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 325, about 325 to about 450 or about 450 to about 1000 micrograms per kilogram body weight. In other embodiments, the oral dose ranges from about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 325, about 325 to about 450 or about 450 to about 1000 milligrams per kilogram body weight.
- Effective amounts can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.
- concentrations from about 0.1 micromolar to about 10 micromolar, from about 0.2 micromolar to about 10 micromolar, from about 0.5 micromolar to about 5 micromolar, or from about 0.2 micromolar to about 5 micromolar can be used.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans.
- in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Diterpenoid Compound or combination of Diterpenoid Compounds is preferred.
- a fungus sample from an infected patient is grown in culture and contacted or otherwise administered with a Diterpenoid Compound, and the effect of the Diterpenoid Compound upon the growth of the fungus is observed and compared with a non-contacted tissue.
- a lower level of proliferation or survival of the contacted fungus compared to the non-contracted fungus indicates that the Diterpenoid Compound is effective to treat or prevent the fungal infection.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to be effective and safe using animal model systems.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be shown to inhibit tumor cell proliferation, cell transformation or tumorigenesis in vitro and in vivo using a variety of assays known in the art, or described herein. Such assays may use cells of a cancer cell line, or cells from a patient. Many assays well-known in the art can be used to assess such survival and/or growth; for example, cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring ( 3 H)-thymidine incorporation, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcription, translation or activity of known genes such as proto-oncogenes (e.g., fos, myc) or cell cycle markers (Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, D1, D2, D3, E, etc).
- proto-oncogenes e.g., fos, myc
- cell cycle markers Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, D1, D2, D3, E, etc.
- the levels of such protein and mRNA and activity can be determined by any method well known in the art.
- protein can be quantitated by known immunodiagnostic methods such as Western blotting or immunoprecipitation using commercially available antibodies (for example, many cell cycle marker antibodies are from Santa Cruz Inc.).
- mRNA can be quantitated using methods that are well known and routine in the art, for example, using northern analysis, RNase protection, the polymerase chain reaction in connection with the reverse transcription.
- Cell viability can be assessed by using trypan-blue staining or other cell death or viability markers known in the art.
- the level of cellular ATP is measured to determined cell viability. Differentiation can be assessed, for example, visually based on changes in morphology.
- the present invention provides for cell cycle and cell proliferation analysis using a variety of techniques known in the art, including but not limited to the following:
- bromodeoxyuridine (BRDU) incorporation can be used as an assay to identify proliferating cells.
- the BRDU assay identifies a cell population undergoing DNA synthesis by incorporation of BRDU into newly synthesized DNA. Newly synthesized DNA can then be detected using an anti-BRDU antibody (see Hoshino et al., 1986, Int. J. Cancer 38, 369; Campana et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Meth. 107, 79).
- Cell proliferation can also be examined using (3H)-thymidine incorporation (see e.g., Chen, J., 1996, Oncogene 13:1395-403; Jeoung, J., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:18367-73).
- This assay allows for quantitative characterization of S-phase DNA synthesis.
- cells synthesizing DNA will incorporate (3H)-thymidine into newly synthesized DNA.
- Incorporation can then be measured by standard techniques in the art such as by counting of radioisotope in a Scintillation counter (e.g. Beckman LS 3800 Liquid Scintillation Counter).
- PCNA proliferating cell nuclear antigen
- Cell proliferation can be measured by counting samples of a cell population over time (e.g. daily cell counts). Cells can be counted using a hemacytometer and light microscopy (e.g. HyLite hemacytometer, Hausser Scientific). Cell number can be plotted against time in order to obtain a growth curve for the population of interest. In one embodiment, cells counted by this method are first mixed with the dye Trypan-blue (Sigma), such that living cells exclude the dye, and are counted as viable members of the population.
- Sigma Trypan-blue
- DNA content and/or mitotic index of the cells can be measured, for example, based on the DNA ploidy value of the cell.
- cells in the G1 phase of the cell cycle generally contain a 2N DNA ploidy value.
- Cells in which DNA has been replicated but have not progressed through mitosis e.g. cells in S-phase
- Ploidy value and cell-cycle kinetics can be further measured using propidum iodide assay (see e.g. Turner, T., et al., 1998, Prostate 34:175-81).
- the DNA ploidy can be determined by quantitation of DNA Feulgen staining (which binds to DNA in a stoichiometric manner) on a computerized microdensitometrystaining system (see e.g., Bacus, S., 1989, Am. J. Pathol.135:783-92).
- DNA content can be analyzed by preparation of a chromosomal spread (Zabalou, S., 1994, Hereditas.120:127-40; Pardue, 1994, Meth. Cell Biol. 44:333-351).
- p21 induction can be identified by immunostaining using a specific anti-p21 antibody available commercially (e.g. Santa Cruz).
- cell-cycle proteins can be examined by Western blot analysis using commercially available antibodies.
- cell populations are synchronized prior to detection of a cell cycle protein.
- Cell cycle proteins can also be detected by FACS (fluorescence-activated cell sorter) analysis using antibodies against the protein of interest.
- Detection of changes in length of the cell cycle or speed of cell cycle can also be used to measure inhibition of cell proliferation by the Diterpenoid Compounds.
- the length of the cell cycle is determined by the doubling time of a population of cells (e.g., using cells contacted or not contacted with one or more Diterpenoid Compounds).
- FACS analysis is used to analyze the phase of cell cycle progression, or purify G1, S, and G2/M fractions (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
- activity and post-translational modifications of proteins involved in the cell cycle can play an integral role in the regulation and proliferative state of a cell.
- the invention provides for assays involved in detecting post-translational modifications (e.g. phosphorylation) by any method known in the art.
- post-translational modifications e.g. phosphorylation
- antibodies that detect phosphorylated tyrosine residues are commercially available, and can be used in Western blot analysis to detect proteins with such modifications.
- modifications such as myristylation, can be detected on thin layer chromatography or reverse phase h.p.l.c. (see e.g., Glover, C., 1988, Biochem. J. 250:485-91; Paige, L., 1988, Biochem J.; 250:485-91).
- kinase activity Activity of signaling and cell cycle proteins and/or protein complexes is often mediated by a kinase activity.
- the present invention provides for analysis of kinase activity by assays such as the histone H1 assay (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
- Loss of invasiveness or decreased adhesion can also be used to demonstrate the anti-cancer effects of the Diterpenoid Compounds.
- an aspect of the formation of a metastatic cancer is the ability of a precancerous or cancerous cell to detach from primary site of disease and establish a novel colony of growth at a secondary site. The ability of a cell to invade peripheral sites reflects its potential for a cancerous state.
- Loss of invasiveness can be measured by a variety of techniques known in the art including, for example, induction of E-cadherin-mediated cell-cell adhesion. Such E-cadherin-mediated adhesion can result in phenotypic reversion and loss of invasiveness (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
- Loss of invasiveness can further be examined by inhibition of cell migration.
- a variety of 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional cellular matrices are commercially available (Calbiochem-Novabiochem Corp. San Diego, Calif.). Cell migration across or into a matrix can be examined using microscopy, time-lapsed photography or videography, or by any method in the art allowing measurement of cellular migration.
- loss of invasiveness is examined by response to hepatocyte growth factor (HGF). HGF-induced cell scattering is correlated with invasiveness of cells such as Madin-Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cells. This assay identifies a cell population that has lost cell scattering activity in response to HGF (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
- HGF hepatocyte growth factor
- loss of invasiveness can be measured by cell migration through a chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe/Precision Biochemicals Inc. Vancouver, BC).
- a chemo-attractant agent is incubated on one side of the chamber (e.g., the bottom chamber) and cells are plated on a filter separating the opposite side (e.g., the top chamber).
- the cells In order for cells to pass from the top chamber to the bottom chamber, the cells must actively migrate through small pores in the filter.
- Checkerboard analysis of the number of cells that have migrated can then be correlated with invasiveness (see e.g., Ohnishi, T., 1993, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 193:518-25).
- general animal models applicable to many types of cancer have been described, including, but not restricted to, the p53-deficient mouse model (Donehower, 1996, Semin. Cancer Biol. 7:269-278), the Min mouse (Shoemaker et al., 1997, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, 1332:F25-F48), and immune responses to tumors in rat (Frey, 1997, Methods, 12:173-188).
- a Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a test animal, preferably a test animal predisposed to develop a type of tumor, and the test animal subsequently examined for a decreased incidence of tumor formation in comparison with controls not administered the Diterpenoid Compound.
- a Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a test animal having a tumor (e.g., animals in which tumors have been induced by introduction of malignant, neoplastic, or transformed cells, or by administration of a carcinogen), and the tumors in the test animals can be subsequently examined for tumor regression and compared with controls that were not administered with the Diterpenoid Compound.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vivo. Inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vivo is useful for treating, preventing and inhibiting the growth of a cancer.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vitro. Inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vitro is useful for assays to determine optimal concentration ranges of effectiveness of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- apoptosis is a morphologically and biochemically distinct form of cell death that occurs in response to a diverse range of stimuli, including irradiation and activation of death receptors such as Fas and the tumor necrosis factor receptor.
- Neoplastic transformation or cancerous growth of a cell can trigger apoptosis of that cell. Impaired apoptosis is therefore a significant factor in the aetiology of cancer and neoplastic diseases.
- Diterpenoid Compounds induce apoptosis in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell. Moreover, without being bound by theory, Applicants believe that Diterpenoid Compounds induce apoptosis selectively in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell. In one embodiment, a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at least 2-fold selectivity in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at least 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 75-fold, 100-fold, 150-fold, 200-fold or 250-fold selectivity in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell.
- a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at most 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 75-fold, 100-fold, 150-fold, 200-fold or 250-fold selectivity in a cancer cell and/or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell.
- selectivity in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell is n-fold, relative to a non-cancer or non-neoplastic cell
- a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis in n-times as many cancer cells or neoplastic cells than non-cancer cells or non-neoplastic cells.
- inducing apoptosis selectively in cancer cells or in neoplastic cells is useful for treating cancer or a neoplastic disease in a patient.
- Cancer or a neoplastic disease including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- the present methods for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disease comprise administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound and another active agent, such as a chemotherapeutic or anti-cancer agent, including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, nitrosoureas, Cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacarbazine, procarbizine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, paclitaxel, and docetaxel.
- a chemotherapeutic or anti-cancer agent
- the other chemotherapeutic or anti-cancer agent includes, but is not limited to, those listed in Table 1.
- Table 1 CHEMOTHERAPEUTICS AND OTHER ANTI-CANCER AGENTS Radiation: ⁇ -radiation Alkylating agents Nitrogen mustards: cyclophosphamide Ifosfamide trofosfamide Chlorambucil Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU) Lomustine (CCNU) Alkylsulphonates busulfan Treosulfan Triazenes: dacarbazine Platinum containing compounds: Cisplatin carboplatin Plant Alkaloids Vinca alkaloids: vincristine Vinblastine Vindesine Vinorelbine Taxoids: paclitaxel Docetaxol DNA Topoisomerase Inhibitors Epipodophyllins: etoposide Teniposide Topotecan 9-aminocamptothecin campto irinotecan crisnatol mytomycins
- the methods for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disease comprise administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound and an effective amount of radiation therapy or another chemotherapeutic agent, in one embodiment, with a chemotherapeutic agent with which treatment of the cancer has not been found to be refractory.
- the Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a patient that has also undergone surgery as treatment for the cancer.
- the invention provides methods for treating or preventing cancer that has shown to be refractory to treatment with a chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy.
- a Diterpenoid Compound is administered concurrently with chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
- chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior or subsequent to administration of a Diterpenoid Compound, preferably at least an hour, five hours, 12 hours, a day, a week, a month, more preferably several months (e.g., up to three months), subsequent to administration of the Diterpenoid Compound.
- cancer, malignancy or dysproliferative changes are treated or prevented in the ovary, breast, colon, lung, skin, pancreas, prostate, bladder, cervix or uterus.
- sarcoma, melanoma, or leukemia is treated or prevented.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for treating or preventing cancers including prostate cancer, such as hormone-insensitive prostate cancer, Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (preferably follicular or Diffuse Large B-cell), Breast (for example Estrogen-receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (for example non-Hodgkin's), Lung (for example Small cell), or Testicular (for example germ cell).
- prostate cancer such as hormone-insensitive prostate cancer, Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (preferably follicular or Diffuse Large B-cell), Breast (for example Estrogen-receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (for example non-Hodgkin's), Lung (for example Small cell), or Testicular (for example germ cell).
- such fungal infections in animals can be a systemic, topical or mucosal infection.
- the invention further provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a fungus comprising contacting the fungus with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- the fungi whose growth can be inhibited with a Diterpenoid Compound include Candida (including C. albicans, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis, C. stellatoidea, C. krusei, C. parakrusei, C. lusitanae, C. pseudotropicalis, C. guilliermondi, C. dubliniesis, C. famata or C. glabrata ), Aspergillus (including A. fumigatus, A. flavus, A. niger, A.
- Cryptococcus Histoplasma, Coccidioides, Paracoccidioides, Blastomyces, Basidiobolus, Conidiobolus, Rhizopus, Rhizomucor, Mucor, Asbidia, Mortierella, Cunninghamella, Saksenaea, Pseudallescheria, Paecilomyces, Fusarium, Trichophyton, Trichosporon Microsporum, Epidermophyton, Scytalidium, Malassezia, Actinomycetes, Sporothrix, Penicillium, Sacharomyces, Pneumocystis or Scopulariopsis.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be used as anti-fungal agents in vitro or in vivo.
- the Diterpenoid Compounds can be used to prevent growth of a fungus wherever absence of fungal growth is desired, such as on or in food, medical instruments or devices, clothing, furniture and home appliances.
- Linum arboreum ( Linaceae ) was prepared using shoots of L. arboreum .
- the shoots were sterilized by immersion for 1 minute in 70% ethanol followed by immersion for 25 minutes in a solution of sodium hypochlorite (concentration 15%).
- the sterile shoots were chopped into small pieces of approximately 5 mm and placed upon solidified callus induction medium B5 (Gamborgs B5 recipe (Exp. Cell. Res. 50: 148 (1968)) containing 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D) (1 mg/L), kinetin (0.1 mg/L), sucrose (2%)).
- Callus initiations were incubated in continuous low light at 23_C. Upon establishment of callus, the material was used to initiate suspension cultures.
- the C. albicans preparation was obtained by growing a culture of strain ATCC28516 on YEPD media (yeast extract 1%, yeast peptone 2%, glucose 2%) to maximum cell density and twice autoclaving the total yeast culture prior to addition to plant cultures. The culture was incubated for a further 7 days before harvest of biomass.
- the E11 extract was dissolved in 2 L of water and then partitioned with 2 ⁇ 1 L of butanol. The butanol phases were separated, combined and then concentrated to dryness. The yield of the butanol exact (E11B) was 7.65 g (33.5% from the methanol extract).
- HP-20 150 mL of HP-20 were placed in a 360 mL fritted glass column (3.8 ⁇ 30 cm) and equilibrated with 10% acetonitrile. Approximately 7.5 g of the E11B extract were re-dissolved in methanol and absorbed into 70 mL of HP-20. The absorbed HP-20 extract was placed on top of the HP-20 column and eluted with an aqueous acetonitrile gradient followed by methanol and acetone. The active fraction (A4) was eluted with methanol. It yielded approximately 420 mg (1.8% from the methanol extract).
- the remainder of the A4 fraction was triturated with 2 ⁇ 50 mL of hexane under mechanical stirring. After centrifugation, the soluble material was concentrated to dryness yielding 197 mg of a hexane fraction (B1). The hexane insoluble material was triturated with 2 ⁇ 50 mL of ethyl acetate. After centrifugation, the soluble material was concentrated to dryness yielding 40 mg of an ethyl acetate fraction (B2). The ethyl acetate insoluble material yielded 135 mg of a methanol soluble fraction (B3). All fractions, B1-B3 were analyzed by HPLC.
- Solvent system Time (min.) H 2 O (%) ACN (%) 0.0 80 20 5.0 60 40 35.0 0 100 42.0 0 100 45.0 80 20 55.0 80 20 HPLC: Gem8n.met
- Tetralone 51 was treated with methylmagnesium bromide, and the resulting alcohol was eliminated with hydrochloric acid to provide an alkene.
- the alkene was treated with m-chloroperbenzoic acid, and the resultant epoxide was treated with boron trifluoride to provide tetralone 52 (Murphy et al. J. Org. Chem., 1960, 25, 1386; Kuehne. J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1961, 83, 1492; Taylor; Chiang. Tetrahedron Lett., 1977, 1827).
- a Robinson's annelation was performed on tetralone 52 using a modified method (Shishido, K. et al. J. Org.
- ketone 54 was reduced by a Birch reduction to provide ketone 54.
- Enone 55 was obtained using known methods (Grieco et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 5929-5936) followed by the methylation of the enone to provide Compound 56. Chromium(VI)oxide was used for the benzylic oxidation according to Rutledge (Cambie et al., P. S. Aust. J. Chem., 1998, 51, 931-940) to give ketone 56. The potassium enolate of ketone 56 was oxidized with oxygen, and the resultant 1,2-diketone formed was enolized in-situ to provide Compound 50.
- Methylmagnesium bromide (100 mL; 3M solution; 300 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 7-methoxy-1-teralone 51 (25 g; 142 mmol) in THF (400 mL) at ⁇ 78° C. The resultant mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for three hours. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and water (60 mL) was added dropwise, followed by a solution of hydrochloric acid (60 mL conc. HCl and 30 mL water). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for one hour and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 ⁇ 200 mL).
- the organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 ⁇ 100 mL).
- the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo to a final volume of 400 mL.
- the solution was cooled to 0° C., and to it was added boron trifluoride diethyletherate (0.9 mL; 7.1 mmol). After 15 min at 0° C. the reaction was quenched with a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL).
- the organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 ⁇ 100 mL).
- Compound 54 was converted to Compound 55 using known methods (Grieco, et al. J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 5929-5936).
- NMR 13 C (75 MHz, CDCl 3 ): ⁇ (ppm) 202.6, 179.0, 164.2, 150.8, 150.6, 143.0, 133.6, 130.1, 128.6, 121.6, 113.8, 111.0, 56.0, 48.4, 42.1, 39.3, 26.7, 21.5.
- p-Methoxybenzyl magnesium chloride 60 (130 mol %; 1.3 mmole; 5.2 mL of a 0.25 M solution in THF) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (20° C., 58: 5 hrs; 59: 3 hrs). Water was added (20 mL), and the mixture was extracted using Et 2 O (2 ⁇ 10 mL). The combined organic solution was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated. The crude reaction product was dissolved in pentane and filtered through a pad of silica gel, the pad was further rinsed with CHCl 3 .
- racemic epoxide 0.63 was synthesized as described in Ceruti, M. et al. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 540-554.
- the chiral diol 62b was synthesized as discribed in Corey, et al. J. Am Chem Soc. 1997. 119, 9927-9928; and Crispino, G. A. et al. Synthesis 1993, 777-779
- chiral epoxides 63a and 63b were synthesized as described in Corey, et al. J. Am. Chem Soc. 1997, 119, 9927-9928.
- Crude epoxide 63 was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-2% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide Compound 63a (105 mg; 64% over two steps) and Compound 63b (70 mg 64% over two steps starting from 0.40 mmole of 62b).
- the reaction mixture was stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for 4 hrs. Triethylamine (0.80 mL) and 1:1 water:methanol (0.80 mL) were added, the resultant mixture was poured onto half saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted using dichloromethane (10 mL) and Et 2 O (2 ⁇ 20 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using brine (30 mL). The organic solution was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and evaporated.
- Compound 70 was synthesized according to the method used to synthesize Compound 50, except that twice as much chromium(VI) oxide was used and that the corresponding oxidation was performed at 80° C.
- Compound 50, Compound 50a and Compound 50b have also been synthesized by the following procedure.
- p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.5 mol %; 1.1 mmole; 203 mg) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux using a Dean Stark trap for 1 h.
- the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and washed using saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and brine (100 mL).
- the organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate. At this point the volume of the organic phase is approximately 75 mL (of toluene).
- Hexanes are added (80 mL), the mixture is filtered through a pad of silica gel and rinsed using hexanes (2 ⁇ 80 mL). The combined filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 31.2 g; 179 mmole; 77% of 71. This product is taken directly to the next step.
- the resulting oil is loaded on a pad of silica gel and eluted using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes (500 mL) to give 52 (30.1 g, 88%, 68% over two steps).
- the product obtained (52, either an oil or a solid) can be crystallized in diethyl ether ( ⁇ 1 mL/g) at ⁇ 78° C. until some crystals form (1 to 2 h) and then in the freezer ( ⁇ 20° C.) overnight to give 52 as white crystals (26.3 g, 60% from starting 7-methoxy-1-tetralone).
- the resulting oil is purified by column chromatography over silica gel and eluted using a gradient of 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes, to give 53a (4.04 g; 15.8 mmole, 75%, determined to be 74% ee by chiral HPLC). Crystallization in diethyl ether:hexanes 1:1 followed by recrystallization in diethyl ether gave material of >99% ee (determined by chiral HPLC).
- Enantiomeric excess was determined using HPLC analysis with a chiral column (ChiralcelTM OD-RH, 4.6 ⁇ 150 mm): mobile phase isocratic 40% acetonitrile 60% water at 0.5 mL/min over 70 min, column temperature 25° C., on a Waters Alliance HPLC System 2795 using a PDA detector (200 to 600 nm).
- Robinson annelation product 53 (100 mol %; 3.90 mmole; 1.0 g) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) at ⁇ 78° C. (under nitrogen). Water (100 mol %; 3.90 mmole; 70 ⁇ L) is added along with ammonia (20 mL). Lithium metal (wire, 225 mol %; 8.80 mmole; 61 mg) is introduced carefully and the clear solution slowly turns blue. Stirring is continued until reduction appears complete by TLC analysis. When reduction is complete the reaction is warmed to ⁇ 20° C. and the ammonia is allowed to evaporate.
- the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min, then cooled to 0° C. and iodomethane (500 mol %; 19.5 mmole; 1.21 mL) is added.
- the reaction is stirred for 30 min at room temperature and for 3 hrs at reflux.
- the reaction mixture is allowed to cool and is then quenched with an ammonium chloride solution (saturated aqueous, 30 mL), water is added and the mixture is extracted using dichloromethane (2 ⁇ 40 mL).
- the organic layers are combined and washed using a sodium thiosulfate solution (saturated aqueous, 30 mL) and brine (30 mL).
- the organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give crude 65 as an oily residue.
- the product is purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of 0-3% of ethyl acetate in hexanes. The product thus obtained is crystallized from diethyl ether: hexanes 4: 1 at ⁇ 78° C. to give 65 (246 mg, 23%).
- Iodomethane (2000 mol %; 273 mmole; 17 mL) is added slowly, and the reaction mixture is stirred at ⁇ 78° C. for an additional 3 h.
- the reaction is quenched with an ammonium chloride solution (saturated aqueous, 150 mL) and the mixture is extracted using diethyl ether (3 ⁇ 100 mL).
- the organic layers are combined and washed successively using: water (2 ⁇ 100 mL), a sodium thiosulfate solution (saturated aqueous, 200 mL), an hydrochloric acid solution (0.25 N, 150 mL), and brine (200 mL).
- the resulting mixture is extracted using diethyl ether (5 ⁇ 50 mL), the organic layers are combined and washed with a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5 ⁇ 50 mL). The combined aqueous layers are back-extracted using diethyl ether (50 mL), the organic layers are combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
- Comounds 75, 76, 77, 78, and 79 have been synthesized by the following procedure.
- lithium aluminum hydride (78 mol %; 0.052 mmole; 2 mg) is added slowly to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.067 mmole; 20 mg) in dry tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) at 0° C., the mixture is stirred for 20 min.
- Ethyl acetate (25 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed with a solution of ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous, 2 ⁇ 15 ml). The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
- the crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 75 (2 mg, 10%).
- Dichloromethane (20 mL) is added to the solution which is concentrated again in vacuo.
- the chlorodibenzyl phosphate is dissolved in a minimum of dichloromethane (1 mL) and this solution is added to a stirred solution of compound 50b (100 mol %; 0.66 mmole; 196 mg) and sodium hydride (200 mol %; 1.31 mmole; 55 mg) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) at room temperature.
- the reaction mixture is stirred for 1 hr and a solution of sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous, 75 mL) is added.
- the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (2 ⁇ 75 mL).
- aqueous layer is washed with diethyl ether (2 ⁇ 15 mL) and 5% methanol in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and then lyophilized.
- Crude 74b is purified by column chromatography over C18-reverse phase silica gel using a gradient 0-10% acetonitrile in water. The corresponding fractions are lyophilized to give pure 74b (132 mg, 53%).
- the solution was filtered on 0.2 ⁇ M polytetrafluoroethylene filters (Whatman Inc. Clifton, N.J., USA) and the compound concentration in the filtrate was measured by LC/MS and compared to the expected concentration. If the concentration of the compound in the filtrate was equal +/ ⁇ 15% to the expected concentration, the compound was judged to be soluble in the solution.
- the detection of Compound 74 or Compound 50 by LC/MS was carried out using the HPLC system that consisted of a Waters Alliance quaternary gradient HPLC pump (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA) and a ZQ2000 single quadrupole mass spectrometer (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA).
- the column used was XTerra MS C18: 50 ⁇ 2.1 mm, 3.5 mm column at 20° C. Samples were injected and separated under the following conditions: The mobile phase “A” consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in water and mobile phase “B” consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in methanol.
- the Mass Spectrometer system consisted of a Waters ZQ2000 single quadrupole mass spectrometer (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA) equipped with an Electrospray Ionization Source (ES). The mass detector was operated in positive ion mode (ES+) and Selected Ion Recording mode (SIR). Compounds were detected at m/z equal to their respective molecular weight plus 1.
- the addition of a phosphate increases the solubility of a poorly soluble compounds. Even though, the phosphate prevents the compound from entering cells, the phosphate moiety is gradually removed by alkaline phosphatase in the plasma.
- the compound to which a phosphate is added is a pro-drug.
- Compound 74 is the phosphate pro-drug of Compound 50.
- the solubility of compound Compound 50 is less than 0.1 mg/mL whereas the solubility of Compound 74 in water is equal or greater to 10 mg/mL.
- the pro-drug has the time to disperse itself in the total blood volume.
- a pro-drug As the phosphate group is removed, the liberated drug is distributed in the tissue and enters the cells. Hence; the less soluble drug does not precipitate in the blood.
- the advantage of a pro-drug is that it can be injected in a smaller volume because it can be formulated at high concentration in aqueous solution.
- the conversion into biologically active drug of phosphate pro-drugs by human placental alkaline phosphatase was measured in vitro using purified enzymes.
- Purified human placental alkaline phosphatase (Sigma-Aldrich Canada Ltd. Oakville, Ontario, Canada) was added at a concentration of 0.02 U/100 ⁇ L to a solution containing 15 ⁇ M of phosphate pro-drug, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 and 0.9% NaCl.
- the solutions were incubated for 10, 20 or 30 minutes.
- human placental alkaline phosphatase can convert a fraction of the pro-drug Compound 74 present in solution into the drug Compound 50 within thirty minutes.
- Compound 48 to selectively induce apoptosis in a variety of cancer cells is described below.
- HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, Calif., USA) and HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, Calif., USA) were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA). Cells were harvested and suspended at 0.6 ⁇ 10 6 cells/mL in media. A 45 ⁇ L aliquot of cell-suspension was added to each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA). Cells were incubated overnight in a 5% CO 2 , 95% humidity incubator at 37° C. and then, 5 ⁇ L of a 10% dimethyl sulfoxide (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St.
- the reaction was then filtered using Sephadex G-10 Poly-Prep chromatography column (Amersham Biosciences, Inc, Piscataway, N.J., USA).
- the labeled peptide was coupled to 1.25 mL of streptavidin sepharose beads (Amersham Biosciences, Inc, Piscataway, N.J., USA) during 15 minutes at room temperature on a rotary mixer.
- the beads were washed seven times with 6 mL of 0.5M NaCl in PBS and resuspended in a total volume of 7.25 mL of 0.5 M NaCl PBS solution to which 9 mL of RPMI 1640 media was added.
- 96-well 0.45 ⁇ m MultiScreen-HV filter plates (Millipore, Bedford, Mass USA) were then prewetted with 200 ⁇ L of 0.5M NaCl in PBS and 40 ⁇ L of beads suspension was added to each well. Each well was washed five times with 200 ⁇ L of 0.5 M NaCl in PBS. In each well, 50 ⁇ L of cell lysate was added together with 12.5 ⁇ L of 0.5 M NaCl in 30% glycerol solution to each well. The plates were incubated at 30 C with shaking at 220 rpm overnight. On the next day, the filter plates containing the beads and the extract were placed on top of 96-well sample plates (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass.
- results showed that caspases were activated in the cancer cell lines H1299 and C33A and not in the normal cell line following 16 hours incubation with 1.6 ⁇ M of Compound 48. These results demonstrate that Compound 48 induces apoptosis selectively in cancer cells and is useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly lung or cervical cancer.
- H1299 non-small cell lung carcinoma cells, C33A cervical carcinoma cells, Mrc-5 normal lung fibroblasts (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. USA) and HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, Calif., USA) were cultured in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA).
- the four cells lines were plated in 96-well microtiter plates (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA) at a confluency that allowed them to reach confluence after 4 days of growth.
- the cells were treated either with 10 ⁇ M etoposide, 100 nM staurosporine or 1.6 ⁇ M of Compound 48.
- Stock solutions of each compound were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA), diluted in media then added to the cells. The total dimethyl sulfoxide on the cells was 1%.
- the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using the luminescent ViaLight detection system (Bio-Whittaker, MD, USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at 100.
- Compound 48 has a significantly greater effect on the ATP levels in cancer cells than in normal cells. After 72 hours, treatment with 1.6 KM Compound 48 was significantly more effective at lowering ATP levels in cells of the cancer cell line H1299 and C33A compared with cells of the lines HMEC and MRC-5. Control compounds were tested to illustrate the significance of this effect.
- the anti-cancer drug etoposide as well as Compound 48, but not the protein kinase inhibitor staurosporine, are selectively cytotoxic towards cancer cells, particularly lung and cervical cancer. These results demonstrate that Compound 48 is selectively cytotoxic to cancer cells and is useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly lung or cervical cancer.
- cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating cell lines with each compound.
- the following cell lines were used: A549 human non-small cell lung carcinoma; C33A human cervical carcinoma; H1299 human non-small cell lung carcinoma; Hep-3B human hepatocellular carcinoma; MIA-Paca-2 human pancreatic carcinoma; PC-3 human prostatic adenocarcinoma (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA); HMEC normal human mammary epithelial cells; HUVEC normal human umbilical vein endothelial cells; and NHBE normal human bronchial epithelial cells (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA).
- HMEC, HUVEC and NHBE cell lines were cultured in MEGM, EGM-2 and BEGM media, respectively (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA).
- the cell lines were plated in 96-well microtitre plate at a density of 2-4 ⁇ 10 3 cells per well. After 16 hours, the cells were treated with various concentrations of Compound 50a or Compound 50b.
- mice that were injected with C33A human cervical cancer cells were used.
- the resultant mice are a model for a human having cervical cancer.
- C33A cells were transplanted subcutaneously into the flank of female CB17 SCID/SCID mice. Each mouse was inoculated with a suspension of 2 ⁇ 10 6 tumor cells per 100 ⁇ L on day zero.
- the following six treatment groups of ten mice each were used: (a) a negative control group treated with intravenous (i.v.) injection of vehicle, (b) a negative control group treated with intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of vehicle, (c) a positive control group treated with i.p. injection of Cisplatin, (d) a group treated with i.v. injection of a Compound 50, (e) a group treated with i.p. injection of Compound 50, and (f) a group treated with subcutaneous (s.c.) injection of Compound 50.
- Cisplatin Treatment started on day thirteen after C33A cells transplantation for Compound 50 treated groups and on day fourteen for Cisplatin treated group.
- Compound 50 was administered i.v., i.p., and s.c. once daily for five consecutive days at a dose of 10, 15 and 30 mg/kg, respectively.
- Compound 50 was prepared as a working solution of 1.5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL (Sigma, St. Louis, Miss., USA), 10% Ethanol and 5% Dextrose (Abbot Laboratories, QC, Canada).
- the negative control groups were treated with vehicle alone.
- the positive control group was treated once every 3 days for fifteen days at a dose of 3.5 mg/kg.
- Cisplatin was formulated in PBS on each day of the injection and was administered i.p.
- Compound 50 administered i.v. or i.p. at a dose of 10 or 15 mg/kg, respectively, once a day for five days resulted in a significant reduction (p ⁇ 0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated i.v. with vehicle only.
- animals treated i.v. with 10 mg/kg of Compound 50 had significantly (p ⁇ 0.05) smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle only.
- animals treated i.p. with Compound 50 had a significantly (p ⁇ 0.05) smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle on day 34 and day 36.
- mice treated s.c. with vehicle alone resulted in a significant reduction (p ⁇ 0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated s.c. with vehicle alone.
- Animals treated s.c. with Compound 50 had a significantly smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle on day 34 (p ⁇ 0.01) and day 36 (p ⁇ 0.001).
- Compound 50 significantly reduces the human cervical tumors implanted in SCID mice, an art-accepted model for human cervical cancer. Accordingly, Compound 50 is useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, particularly a cervical cancer cell, and for treating or or preventing cancer, particularly cervical cancer, in a patient.
- the strain W303a was cultured in YEP media, containing Bacto Yeast Extract and Bacto Peptone (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Sparks, Md., USA) and supplemented with one of three different carbon sources, 2% glucose (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo., USA), 2% galactose (BDH Laboratory Supplies, Poole, England), or 2% glycerol (EM Science, Gibbstown, N.J., USA). Yeast cells were first cultured overnight in 10 mL of YEP glucose-containing medium at 30° C.
- Compound 50 significantly inhibited growth of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae in dose-dependent manner. Accordingly, Compound 50, an illustrative Diterpenoid Compound, is useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus or treating a fungal infection.
- the strain ATCC 10231 was cultured in YEP media, containing Bacto Yeast Extract and Bacto Peptone (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Sparks, Md., USA) and supplemented with 2% glucose (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo., USA). Fungus cells were first cultured overnight in 10 mL of YEP glucose-containing medium at 30° C. The following day, 5 ⁇ L of the overnight culture (5-6 ⁇ 10 3 cells) was added to 100 ⁇ L of YEP glucose-containing medium in a 96-well microtitre plate. To these cultures a dilution series of Compound 50 was added.
- Compound 50 was prepared as a stock solution in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at a concentration of 10 mM. Serial dilutions were prepared in distilled water. The final DMSO concentration in each well was 0.5%. Fungus cells were grown at 30° C. and cell growth was monitored by reading the OD 600 (optical density at 600 nm) with a Tecan Ultra plate reader (TECAN U.S. Inc. Research Triangle Park, N.C., USA). As depicted in FIG. 7 , Compound 50 significantly inhibited growth of the fungus Candida albicans in a dose-dependent manner. Accordingly, Compound 50, an illustrative Diterpenoid Compound, is useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus or treating a fungal infection.
- DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
- the cells were treated with various concentrations of compound 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70, respectively.
- Stock solutions of compounds 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70 were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide at a concentration of 5 mM.
- Serial dilutions were prepared in RPMI, 10% FBS and 2% DMSO and then added to the cells. The total DMSO on the cells was 1%.
- the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using Vialight HS kit (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at a value of 100.
- the IC50s were determined using a best-fit sigmoidal dose response curve with variable slope.
- mice that were injected with SW480 human colon carcinoma cancer cells were used.
- the resultant mice are a model for a human having colon carcinoma cancer.
- the SW480 human colon carcinoma cancer cells were maintained in RPMI supplemented with 10% inactivated fetal bovine serum and 1% penicillin-streptomycin-L-Glutamine, under 5% CO 2 at 37° C., and passaged twice a week.
- the cells were grown at a confluency lower than 70% and then collected with Trypsin (Bio-Whittaker, Md., USA).
- the cells were then centrifuged and washed twice using phosphate buffered saline solution (PBS) and resuspended in PBS at 1 ⁇ 10 6 cells per 100 ⁇ l. Viability was examined by staining with Trypan Blue and only flasks with cell viability of greater than 95% were used for in vivo studies.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline solution
- SW480 cells were transplanted subcutaneously into the flank of female CB 17 SCID/SCID mice. Each mouse was inoculated with a suspension of 1 ⁇ 10 6 tumor cells per 100 ⁇ L on day zero.
- Compounds 50, 50a, 50b and 74a were administered i.v. once daily for five consecutive days at a dose of 10, 10, 10 and 50 mg/kg, respectively.
- Compound 50, 50a and 50b were prepared as a working solution of 1.5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL (Sigma, St. Louis, Miss., USA), and 10% Ethanol.
- Compound 74a was prepared as a working solution of 5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 5% Dextrose (Abbot Laboratories, QC, Canada). The negative control groups were treated with vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL and 10% Ethanol alone.
- mice were weighed and the tumors measured on day 12 and every 2 to 3 days after treatment commenced. Observations continued for 23 days after initial tumor implantation. The changes in body weight and in the calculated tumor volume were plotted ( FIGS. 9 and 10 ).
- Statistical analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software Inc., San Diego, Calif.). Two-way ANOVA was used to determine how the treatment affected tumor growth over time. Following the two-way ANOVA, post-tests were performed using the Benferroni method to determine the statistical difference between the mean tumor-size of the two groups being compared on every day that the tumors were measured.
- mice treated with Compound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a experienced a non-significant change in body weight.
- each of Compound 50, 50a and 50b administered i.v. at a dose of 10 mg/kg, once a day for five days resulted in a significant reduction (p ⁇ 0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated i.v. with vehicle only.
- animals treated with Compound 74a also had a significantly reduction (p ⁇ 0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated with vehicle only.
- Compound 50, 50a, 50b and 74a each significantly reduces the human colon carcinoma tumors implanted in SCID mice, an art-accepted model for human colon carcinoma cancer. Accordingly, Compound 50, 50a, 50b and 74a are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, particularly a colon carcinoma cancer cell, and for treating or preventing cancer, particularly colon carcinoma cancer, in a patient.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This application claims the benefit of U.S. application Ser. No. 10/725,629, filed Dec. 1, 2003, which claims the benefit of U.S. provisional application Ser. No. 60/431,096, filed Dec. 5, 2002, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
- The present invention relates to Diterpenoid Compounds, compositions comprising an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound, and methods useful for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disorder comprising administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound. The compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell, or for inducing apoptosis in a cancer or neoplastic cell. The compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. The compounds, compositions, and methods of the invention are also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- Cancer affects approximately 20 million adults and children worldwide, and this year, more than 9 million new cases will be diagnosed (International Agency for Research on Cancer; www.irac.fr). According to the American Cancer Society, about 563,100 Americas are expected to die of cancer this year, more than 1500 people a day. Since 1990, in the United States alone, nearly five million lives have been lost to cancer, and approximately 12 million new cases have been diagnosed.
- Currently, cancer therapy involves surgery, chemotherapy and/or radiation treatment or eradicate neoplastic cells in a patient (see, for example, Stockdale, 1998, “Principles of Cancer Patient Management”, in Scientific American: Medicine, vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds.,
Chapter 12, Section IV). All of these approaches pose significant drawbacks for the patient. Surgery, for example, can be contraindicated due to the health of the patient or can be unacceptable to the patient. Additionally, surgery might not completely remove the neoplastic tissue. Radiation therapy is effective only when the irradiated neoplastic tissue exhibits a higher sensitivity to radiation than normal tissue, and radiation therapy can also often elicit serious side effects. (Id.) With respect to chemotherapy, there are a variety of chemotherapeutic agents available for treatment of neoplastic disease. However, despite the availability of a variety of chemotherapeutic agents, traditional chemotherapy has many drawbacks (see, for example, Stockdale, 1998, “Principles Of Cancer Patient Management” in Scientific American Medicine, vol. 3, Rubenstein and Federman, eds., ch. 12, sect. 10). Almost all chemotherapeutic agents are toxic, and chemotherapy can cause significant, and often dangerous, side effects, including severe nausea, bone marrow depression, immunosuppression, etc. Additionally, many tumor cells are resistant or develop resistance to chemotherapeutic agents through multi-drug resistance. - Therefore, there is a significant need in the art for novel compounds and compositions, and methods that are useful for treating cancer or neoplastic disease with reduced or without the aforementioned side effects. Further, there is a need for cancer treatments that provide cancer-cell-specific therapies with increased specificity and decreased toxicity.
- Fungi are eukaryotic microorganisms and can occur as yeasts, molds, or as a combination of both forms. Some fungi are capable of causing superficial, cutaneous, subcutaneous, systemic or allergic diseases. Yeasts are microscopic fungi consisting of solitary cells that reproduce by budding. Molds, in contrast, occur in long filaments known as hyphae, which grow by apical extension.
- Known fungal and mycotic pathogens include, but are not limited to, Absidia spp., Actinomadura madurae, Actinomyces spp., Allescheria boydii, Altemaria spp., Anthopsis deltoidea, Apophysomyces elegans, Arnium leoporinum, Aspergillus spp., Aureobasidium pullulans, Basidiobolus ranarum, Bipolaris spp., Blastomyces dermatitidis, Candida spp., Cephalosporium spp., Chaetoconidium spp., Chaetomium spp., Cladosporium spp., Coccidioides immitis, Conidiobolus spp., Corynebacterium tenuis, Cryptococcus spp., Cunninghamella bertholletiae, Curvularia spp., Dactylaria spp., Epidermophyton spp., Epidermophyton floccosum, Exserophilum spp., Exophiala spp., Fonsecaea spp., Fusarium spp., Geotrichum spp., Helminthosporium spp., Histoplasma spp., Lecythophora spp., Madurella spp., Malassezia furfur, Microsporum spp., Mucor spp., Mycocentrospora acerina, Nocardia spp., Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Penicillium spp., Phaeosclera dematioides, Phaeoannellomyces spp., Phialemonium obovatum, Phialophora spp., Phoma spp., Piedraia hortai, Pneumocystis carinii, Pythium insidiosum, Rhinocladiella aquaspersa, Rhizomucor pusillus, Rhizopus spp., Saksenaea vasiformis, Sarcinomyces phaeomuriformis, Sporothrix schenckii, Syncephalastrum racemosum, Taeniolella boppii, Torulopsosis spp., Trichophyton spp., Trichosporon spp., Ulocladium chartarum, Wangiella dermatitidis, and Xylohypha spp. Other fungi that might have pathogenic potential include, but are not limited to, Thermomucor indicae-seudaticae, Radiomyces spp., and other species of known pathogenic genera. There are also reports implicating Saccharomyces as a human pathogen (e, Fungemia with Saccharomycetacea, H. Nielson, J. Stenderup, & B. Bruun, Scand. J. Infect. Dis. 22:581-584, 1990). In recent years, there has been a marked increase in the number of serious mycoses as a result of the growing number of immunosuppressed and immunocompromised individuals, such as transplant recipients, patients receiving chemotherapy, and HIV-infected individuals, and thus greater attention has been devoted to the need to develop safer and more effective antifungal agents.
- Fungal infection is also a significant problem in veterinary medicine and in agriculture. Products that are susceptible to fungal infestation include wood products, textiles, plastics, paper, rubber, adhesives, emulsion polymers, leather, cosmetics, household disinfectants, deodorants, and paint (C. C. Yeager, Fungicides in Industry, in Antifungal Compounds, M. Siegel and H. Sisler, eds., Marcel Dekker Inc., NY, 1977).
- The mechanism of action of four main classes of anti-fungal agents is summarized below:
- Polyene Antifungal Drugs
- Amphotericin, nystatin, and pimaricin interact with sterols in the cell membrane (ergosterol in fungi, cholesterol in humans) to form channels through which small molecules leak from the inside of the fungal cell to the outside.
- Azole Antifungal Drugs
- Fluconazole, itraconazole, and ketoconazole inhibit cytochrome P450-dependent enzymes (particularly C14-demethylase) involved in the biosynthesis of ergosterol, which is required for fungal cell membrane structure and function.
- Allylamine and Morpholine Antifungal Drugs
- Allylamines (naftifine, terbinafine) inhibit ergosterol biosynthesis at the level of squalene epoxidase. The morpholine drug amorolfine inhibits the same pathway at a later step.
- Antimetabolite Antifungal Drugs
- 5-Fluorocytosine acts as an inhibitor of both DNA and RNA synthesis via the conversion of 5-fluorocytosine to 5-fluorouracil.
- Many of the drugs currently available for treatment of mycoses have significant side effects or lack effectiveness against some important pathogens. For example, amphotericin B, an antifungal polyene macrolide antibiotic, has both short-term and long-term adverse effects, ranging from nausea and vomiting to kidney damage. Some evidence exists for the development of resistance to these drugs. There is therefore an ongoing need for novel antifungal drugs with few, if any, side effects and with effectiveness against pathogens for which current drugs are inadequate.
- Citation of any reference in Section 2 of this application is not an admission that the reference is prior art to the application.
-
-
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; and
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
-
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (Ia), wherein if D is C—OH then R4 is not —CH3.
- In certain, even more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (Ia), wherein if (i) D is C—OH; (ii) Q1 is ═O; (iii) Q2 is ═O; (iv) A is CH; and (v) E is CR7 then R4 is not —CH3.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond;
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, ═O, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11, is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
-
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- Q1 is ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is at each occurance independently —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, ═O, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10 alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, C1-C10 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is at each occurance independently —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1 —C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR1, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; and
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (IIa), wherein if D is C—OH then R4 is not —CH3 and if E is C—OH then A is not C—OH.
- In certain, even more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (IIa), wherein (a) if (i) D is C—OH, (ii) Q1 is ═O, (iii) Q2 is ═O, (iv) A is CH2, and (v) E is CR7 then R4 is not —CH3; and (b) if (i) E is C—OH, (ii) Q, is ═O, (iii) Q2 is ═O, (iv) R10 is H, (v) B is CR4, (vi) D is CR5, (vii) R7 is CH3, and (viii) Q3 is —O— then A is not C—OH.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, ═O, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10 alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10 aminoalkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, C1-C10 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; and
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- Q1 is ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is at each occurance independently —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, ═O, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10 alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10 aminoalkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, C1-C10 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is at each occurance independently —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R1 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I; and
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11, is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
-
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, ═O, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR1, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIa) or (IIIb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen, and each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides a compound of Formula (IVa), wherein R14 is —H.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NOR, ═NR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2, where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, ═O, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR, , —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R1, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen, and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides a compound of Formula (IVb), wherein R14 is —H.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR1)2, —SR11, —SOR1, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR1 1, —NHSR1, —NHSOR1, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11, is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1, Q2 and Q3 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, ═O, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1 is CHOH, CH2, CHOR, where R is C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, —CH2OR11, —C(O)R11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —P(O)(OR11)2
- Q2 is ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
-
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
-
-
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1 is CHOH, CH2, CHOR, where R is C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, —CH2OR11, —C(O)R11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —P(O)(OR11)2
- Q2 is ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is —O—, —S—, or —N(H)—;
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, ═O, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R10 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C3-C7 cycloalkyl, —C(O)C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NHR12, —C(O)N(R12)2, P(O)(OR13)2, or -aryl, wherein R10 is not P(O)(OR13)2 if Q3 is —N(H)— or —S—;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R13 is H, C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, or benzyl; and
- each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is in solid form.
-
-
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is CHOH, CH2, CHOR where R is C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, —CH2OR11, —C(O)R1, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, or —P(O)(OR11)2
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR1, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR1, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10 alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10 aminoalkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, C1-C10 hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen, and each halogen is independently —F, —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides a compound of Formula (VIIa), wherein R14 is —H.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (VIIa), wherein if D is C—OH then R4 is not —CH3 and if B is C—CH3 then R3 is not ethyl. In certain, even more specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds having the Formula (VIIa), wherein (a) if (i) D is C—OH, (ii) Q1 is ═O, (iii) Q2 is ═O, (iv) A is CH, and (v) E is CR7 then R4 is not —CH3; and (b) if (i) B is C—CH3, (ii) Q1 is ═O, (iii) Q2 is ═O,
-
- (iv) R1 is CH3, (v) R2 is CH3, (vi) R7 is methyl, (vii) D is CH, and (viii) E is CH then R3 is not ethyl.
-
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wehrein,
- a dashed line indicates that the bond between the atoms that are connected by the dashed line can be a single bond or a double bond (see Formula (Ib) above for exemplary positions of the doublebond);
- the ring with positions A, B, D, and E is not aromatic;
- Q1 and Q2 are independently ═O, ═S, ═NR, ═NOR, ═N—NHR, or ═N—N(R)2 where R is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or -aryl;
- Q3 is CHOH, CH2, CHOR where R is C1-C10 alkyl, aryl, —CH2OR11, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11 or —P(O)(OR11)2
- R1 and R2 are independently —H, -halogen, -amino, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, or three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, or R1, R2 and the carbon atom to which they are both attached are taken together to form a (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group or a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle;
- A is N or CR3; B is N or CR4; D is N or CR5; E is N or CR6, at least one of A, B, D and E being CR3, CR4, CR5 or CR6, respectively;
- each R3, R4, R5 and R6 is independently —H, —OH, ═O, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCH2OR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —S(O)2NHR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —NHC(O)R11, —NHSOR11, NHS(O)2R11, —OPO(OR15)2, —O-arylPO(OR15)2, or —O-alkylarylPO(OR15)2 wherein R15 is H, —C1-C10alkyl, C7-C12arylalkyl, C1-C10aminoalkyl, C1-C10haloalkyl, C1-C10hydroxyalkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R7 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, or —C1-C10 alkoxy;
- R8 and R9 are each independently —H, -halogen, —CN, —NH2, —NO2, —COOH, —C(O)NH2, —SH, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)2NH2, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, -aryl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle, five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle, —CH2OR11, —OCR11, —OC(O)R11, —C(O)R11, —OC(O)OR11, —OC(O)NR11, —C(O)OR11, —C(O)NR11, —OP(O)(OR11)2, —SR11, —SOR11, —S(O)2R11, —S(O)2NHR11, —NHSR11, —NHSOR11, or —NHS(O)2R11;
- R8 is also —S(CH2)namino acid, —S(CH2)npeptide, wherein n=0 to 4, wherein the amino acid is connected to the compound through its alpha carbon atom, and wherein the peptide is connected to the compound through the alpha carbon atom of one of its amino acids;
- R11 is —H, —C1-C10 alkyl, —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl, —C1-C10 (halo)alkyl, -aryl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, —C2-C10 alkynyl, —C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl, —C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl, —C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, —C1-C10 alkoxy, —C1-C10 (amino)alkyl,
- a —(C3-C7) cycloalkyl unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl,
- a three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, or
- a three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle unsubstituted or substituted with one or more —C1-C10 alkyl, —C2-C10 alkenyl, or —C2-C10 alkynyl;
- R12 is C1-C10 alkyl;
- R14 is —H, —OH, or halogen, and each halogen is independently —F. —Cl, —Br or —I.
- In certain, more specific embodiments, the invention provides a compound of Formula (VIIb), wherein R14 is —H.
- In certain embodiments, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is in isolated and purified form. It is recognized that the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) in a composition, such as a pharmaceutical composition, is preferably in isolated and purified form. In a preferred embodiment, the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is in solid form.
- A compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), Formula (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), Formula (IIIa), (IIIb), Formula (IVa), (IVb), Formula (Va), (Vb), Formula (VIa), (VIb), Formula (VIIa), (VIIb) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (a “Diterpenoid Compound”) is useful for treating or preventing cancer, a neoplastic disease or a fungal infection in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compound is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, neoplastic cell or fungus. A Diterpenoid Compound is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or a neoplastic cell.
- The present invention provides compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound. The compositions are useful for treating or preventing cancer, neoplastic disease or a fungal infection in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. These compositions are also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, neoplastic cell or fungus. These compositions are further useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or a neoplastic cell.
- The invention further provides methods for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disease, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- The invention further provides methods for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell, comprising contacting the cancer cell or neoplastic cell with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- The invention further provides methods for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell comprising contacting a cancer cell or neoplastic cell with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- The invention further provides methods for inducing apoptosis in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell, comprising contacting a cancer cell or neoplastic cell capable of undergoing apoptosis with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compound is in isolated and purified form.
- The invention further provides methods for treating or preventing a fungal infection, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- The invention further provides methods for inhibiting the growth of a fungus, comprising contacting the fungus with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
-
FIG. 1A is an isolation scheme for the isolation ofCompounds FIG. 1B is a summary of the 1H-13C correlations observed forCompound 48. -
FIG. 2 is a bar graph depicting Caspase activity in different cell lines following 16 hours of in vitro treatment with 1.6 μM of Compound 48 (10-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-1,1,4a,7-tetramethyl-1H,4aH-phenanthrene-2,9-dione). -
FIG. 3 is a bar graph depicting cell survival of different cell types following 72 hours of in vitro treatment with Compound 48 (10-Hydroxy-6-methoxy-1,1,4a,7-tetramethyl-1H,4aH-phenanthrene-2,9-dione). -
FIG. 4 is a graph depicting the weight of mice following treatment with Cisplatin orCompound 50. The time-points of administration of Cisplatin orCompound 50 are indicated by arrows on top of the graph. -
FIG. 5 is a graph depicting the tumor size in mice following treatment with Cisplatin orCompound 50. The time-points of administration of Cisplatin orCompound 50 are indicated by arrows on top of the graph. -
FIG. 6 is a graph depicting the net growth of Saccharomyces cerevisiae following treatment withCompound 50. -
FIG. 7 is a graph depicting the net growth of Candida albicans following treatment withCompound 50. -
FIG. 8 shows the conversion of Compound 74 (pro-drug) into Compound 50 (drug) over time in the presence of human placental alkaline phosphatase. -
FIG. 9 shows a graph depicting the weight of mice following treatment withCompound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a. The time-points of administration ofCompound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a are indicated by arrows on top of the graph. -
FIG. 10 shows a graph depicting the tumor size in mice following treatment withCompound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a. The time-points of administration ofCompound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a are indicated by arrows on top of the graph. - As used herein, the term “C1-C10 alkyl” means a saturated straight chain or branched non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative saturated straight chain alkyls include -methyl, -ethyl, -n-propyl, -n-butyl, -n-pentyl, -n-hexyl, -n-heptyl, -n-octyl, -n-nonyl and -n-decyl; while saturated branched alkyls include -isopropyl, -sec-butyl, -isobutyl, -tert-butyl, -isopentyl, -2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 2-methylhexyl, 3-methylhexyl, 4-methylhexyl, 5-methylhexyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylpentyl, 2,4-dimethylpentyl, 2,3-dimethylhexyl, 2,4-dimethylhexyl, 2,5-dimethylhexyl, 2,2-dimethylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 3,3-dimtheylpentyl, 3,3-dimethylhexyl, 4,4-dimethylhexyl, 2-ethylpentyl, 3-ethylpentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 3-ethylhexyl, 4-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylpentyl, 2-methyl-2-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-3-ethylhexyl, 2-methyl-4-ethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylpentyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl, 2,2-diethylhexyl, 3,3-diethylhexyl and the like.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 alkoxy” means —O—(C1-C10 alkyl), wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl” means C1-C10 alkyl, wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above, substituted with one or more —OH groups. Examples of C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl include, but are not limited to, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 1-hydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, 5-hydroxypentyl and the like.
- As used herein, the term “amino acid” means any naturally occurring amino acids and non-naturally occurring amino acids such as D-amino acids. For structures of amino acids, see, e.g., L. Stryer, Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman and Company, New York. An amino acid can be substituted with a protecting group. Suitable protecting groups for amino and amido groups include acetyl, tert-butoxy-C(O)—, benzyloxy-C(O)—, and the like. Suitable protecting groups for hydroxy include benzyl and the like. Suitable protecting groups for carboxy moieties include benzyl, tert-butyl, and the like. Other suitable protecting groups are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art and include those found in T. W. Greene, Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1981.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 (amino)alkyl” means C1-C10 alkyl, wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above, substituted with one or more —NH2 groups. Examples of C1-C10 (amino)alkyl include, but are not limited to, —CH2—NH2, —(CH2)2—NH2, —(CH2)3—NH2, —(CH2)4—NH2, —(CH2)5—NH2 and the like.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 (halo)alkyl” means C1-C10 alkyl, wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above, substituted with one or more —F, —Cl, Br or —I groups. Examples of C1-C10 (halo)alkyl include, but are not limited to, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, dichloromethyl, difluoromethyl, 1-fluoroethyl, 2-chloroethyl, 1-bromopropyl, 2-iodopropyl,3-chloropropyl, 4-fluorobutyl, 5-chloropentyl and the like.
- As used herein, the term “C2-C10 alkenyl” means a straight chain or branched non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms and including at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Representative straight chain and branched C2-C10 alkenyls include -vinyl, -allyl, -1-butenyl, -2-butenyl, -isobutylenyl, -1-pentenyl, -2-pentenyl, -3-methyl-1-butenyl, -2-methyl-2-butenyl, -2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, -1-hexenyl, -2-hexenyl, -3-hexenyl, -1-heptenyl, -2-heptenyl, -3-heptenyl, -1-octenyl, -2-octenyl, -3-octenyl, -1-nonenyl, -2-nonenyl, -3-nonenyl, -1-decenyl, -2-decenyl, -3-decenyl and the like. In one embodiment, C2-C6 alkenyl is a subclass of C2-C10 alkenyl. The double bond of a C2-C10 alkenyl can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. A —C2-C10 alkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with, e.g., -amino, —C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, -halogen, —COOH, —C(O)C1-C9 alkyl, —SH, ═S, —OH, and —C1-C10 alkoxy.
- As used herein, unless otherwise specified the term “C2-C10 alkynyl” means a straight chain or branched non-cyclic hydrocarbon having from 2-10 carbon atoms and including at lease one carbon-carbon triple bond. Representative straight chain and branched C2-C10 alkynyls include -acetylenyl, -propynyl, -1-butynyl, -2-butynyl, -1-pentynyl, -2-pentynyl, -3-methyl-1-butynyl, -4-pentynyl, -1-hexynyl, -2-hexynyl, -5-hexynyl, -1-heptynyl, -2-heptynyl, -6-heptynyl, -1-octynyl, -2-octynyl, -7-octynyl, -1-nonynyl, -2-nonynyl, -8-nonynyl, -1-decynyl, -2-decynyl, -9-decynyl, and the like. In one embodiment, C2-C6 alkynyl is a subclass of C2-C10 alkynyl. The triple bond of a C2-C10 alkynyl can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. A C2-C10 alkynyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with, e.g., -amino, —COOH, -halogen, C1-C10(oxy)alkyl, —C(O)C1-C9 alkyl, —SH, ═S, —OH, C1-C10 alkoxy, and C1-C10 alkyl.
- As used herein, the term “(C3-C7) cycloalkyl” means a monocyclic or bicyclic saturated ring consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms and having 3-7 carbon atoms. A (C3-C7) cycloalkyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with, e.g., -amino, —COOH, -halogen, C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)C1-C9 alkyl, —SH, ═S, —OH, C1-C10 alkoxy, and C1-C10 alkyl. Examples of (C3-C7) cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl, and saturated cyclic and bicyclic terpenes.
- As used herein, the term “(C3-C7) cycloalkenyl” means a monocyclic or bicyclic unsaturated ring consisting of carbon and hydrogen atoms and having 3-7 carbon atoms. A (C3-C7) cycloalkenyl can be unsubstituted or substituted with, e.g., -amino, —COOH, -halogen, C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)C1-C9 alkyl, —SH, ═S, —OH, C1-C10 alkoxy, and C1-C10 alkyl. Examples of (C3-C7) cycloalkyl include, but are not limited to, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, and cycloheptenyl, and unsaturated cyclic and bicyclic terpenes.
- As used herein, the term “aryl” means a carbocyclic aromatic group. All of the ring atoms of an aryl group are carbon atoms. Aryl groups include compounds having one or more ring structures such as mono-, bi-, or tricyclic compounds as well as benzo-fused carbocyclic moieties such as 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. In one embodiment, the aryl group is a monocyclic ring or bicyclic ring. Representative aryl groups include phenyl, tolyl, anthryl, fluorenyl, indenyl, azulenyl, phenanthryl and naphthyl. A carbocyclic aryl group can be unsubstituted or substituted with, e.g., -amino, —COOH, -halogen, C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl, —C(O)C1-C9 alkyl, —SH, ═S, —OH, C1-C10 alkoxy, and C1-C10 alkyl.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl” means C1-C10 alkyl, wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein aryl is defined above. Examples of C1-C10 (aryl)alkyl include, but not limited to —(CH2)phenyl, —(CH2)2phenyl, —(CH2)3phenyl, —CH(phenyl)2, —CH(phenyl)3, —(CH2)tolyl, —(CH2)anthracenyl, —(CH2)fluorenyl, —(CH2)indenyl, —(CH2)azulenyl, —(CH2)naphthyl, and the like.
- As used herein, the term “C2-C10 (aryl)alkenyl” means C2-C10 alkenyl, wherein C2-C10 alkenyl is defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein aryl is defined above.
- As used herein, the term “C2-C10 (aryl)alkynyl” means C2-C10 alkynyl, wherein C2-C10 alkynyl is defined above, substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein aryl is defined above.
- As used herein, the term “three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 3 to 7 ring atoms and that is aromatic. A three-membered heterocycle can contain up to 3 heteroatoms, and a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Representative three- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, furyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and triazinyl.
- As used herein, the term “three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 3 to 7 ring atoms and that is non-aromatic. A three-membered heterocycle can contain up to 3 heteroatoms, and a 4- to 7-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Representative three- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, oxiranyl, oxetanyl, pyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, and tetrahydrothiopyranyl.
- As used herein, the term “five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 to 7 ring atoms and that is aromatic. A five- to seven-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Representative five- to seven-membered aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl, furyl, thiophenyl, pyrrolyl, furazanyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and triazinyl.
- As used herein, the term “five- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 to 7 ring atoms and that is non-aromatic. A five- to seven-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; oxygen; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom. Representative five- to seven-membered non-aromatic heterocycles include, but are not limited to, morpholinyl, pyranyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, hydantoinyl, valerolactamyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, and tetrahydrothiopyranyl.
- As used herein, the term “non-oxygen-containing five-membered non-aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 ring atoms and that is non-aromatic. A five-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- As used herein, the term “non-oxygen-containing five-membered aromatic heterocycle” means a heterocyclic ring that contains 5 ring atoms and that is aromatic. A five-membered heterocycle can contain up to 4 heteroatoms, wherein the remaining atoms are carbon atoms. Each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, which can be quaternized; phosphorus; and sulfur, including sulfoxide and sulfone. The heterocycle can be attached via any heteroatom or carbon atom.
- Examples of “halogen” are fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
- As used herein, the term “C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl” means C1-C10 alkyl, wherein C1-C10 alkyl is defined above, and wherein one of its carbon atoms is a C═O group. Examples of C1-C10 (oxy)alkyl include, but are not limited to, —C(O)CH3, —CH2CHO, —C(O)(CH2)2CH3, —CH2C(O)CH3, —(CH2)2CHO, —(CH2)3CHO, —(CH2)4CHO an the like.
- As used herein, an “effective amount” when used in connection with a Diterpenoid Compound refers to that amount of the Diterpenoid Compound useful for treating or preventing cancer, a neoplastic disease or a fungal infection; for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, neoplastic cell or fungus; or for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or a neoplastic cell, alone or in combination with another active-agent. As used herein, an “effective amount” when used in connection with another active agent refers to that amount of the other active agent that is useful for treating or preventing a particular disease or condition, alone or in combination with a Diterpenoid Compound.
- As used herein, the term “treating cancer or a neoplastic disease” includes reducing the size of a tumor, ameliorating one or more symptoms associated with a cancer or a neoplastic disease, or inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, selectively in cells of a cancer or neoplastic disease relative to a non-cancerous or non-neoplastic cell. The term “treating a cancer or a neoplastic disease” further includes arresting or retarding the progression of a cancer or a neoplastic disease.
- As used herein, the term “peptide” is a sequence of two to six amino acids. In certain embodiments, a peptide is two, three, four, five, or six amino acids long.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt prepared from an acid or a base including inorganic acids and bases and organic acids and bases. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a Diterpenoid Compound having a —COOH group include, but are not limited to, metallic salts of aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, potassium, sodium and zinc, or organic salts of lysine, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine (N-methylglucamine) and procaine. Acids useful for forming suitable salts with a Diterpenoid Compound having a nitrogen or sulfur atom include, but are not limited to, inorganic and organic acids such as acetic, alginic, anthranilic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, formic, fumaric, furoic, galacturonic, gluconic, glucuronic, glutamic, glycolic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric, propionic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tartaric acid, and p-toluenesulfonic acid. Other examples of salts are well known in the art, see, e.g., Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing, Easton Pa. (1990).
- As used herein, the term “isolated” means separated from other components of a naturally occurring source (such as a plant or animal cell, including a hepatocyte; cell culture; tissue; in vivo fluid including intracellular and extracellular fluid, including blood and plasma; and ex vivo fluid including sputum, urine, sweat, semen, menstrual fluid, and milk) or from a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture.
- As used herein the term “purified” means that the compound is free of other components such that the compound is pure. In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention is at least about 90% pure. In certain embodiments, a compound of the invention is at least about 95% pure. In one embodiment, the compound of the invention is at least about 98% pure. In another embodiment, the compound of the invention is at least about 99% pure.
- When a first group is substituted with “one or more” second group(s), a hydrogen of the first group is replaced with the second group. In one embodiment, a first group is substituted with one, two or three second groups. In another embodiment, a first group is substituted with one or two second groups. In even another embodiment, a first group is substituted with one second group.
- As used herein, the term “patient” refers preferably to an animal, including, but not limited, to a vertebrate such a chimpanzee, baboon, cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, and guinea pig, and in one embodiment a mammal, and in a more specific embodiment a human.
- A Diterpenoid Compound can have one or more chiral centers and, accordingly, can exist in the form of a diastereomer, a (+)- or (−)-enantiomer, a racemate, or a mixture thereof. It is recognized that Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention can have one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers. According to the invention, if a chemical structure depicted herein does not indicate the stereochemistry at a chiral center, the compound encompasses all of the corresponding enantiomers and stereoisomers, that is, both the stereomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g., racemates.
- As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term “stereomerically pure” means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound. For example, a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enantiomer of the compound. A stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diasteroemers of the compound. A typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers the compound, more preferably greater than about 90% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, even more preferably greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, and most preferably greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
- Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures of compounds of the invention can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well-known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Enantiomers and stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically or enantiomerically pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well-known asymmetric synthetic methods.
- It should be noted that if there is a discrepancy between a depicted structure and a name given that structure, the depicted structure controls. In addition, if the stereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is not indicated with, for example, bold or dashed lines, the structure or portion of the structure is to be interpreted as encompassing all stereoisomers of it.
Abbreviations IBX iodoxybenzoate TBAF tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride BRDU bromodeoxyuridine i.v. intravenous Rpm revolutions per minute ATCC American Type Culture Collection LC/MS Liquid Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry - The Diterpenoid Compounds can exist in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, free base, solvate, hydrate, stereoisomer, clathrate, polymorph or prodrug thereof.
- The invention can be understood more fully by reference to the following description, figures and illustrative examples, which are intended to exemplify non-limiting embodiments of the invention.
-
- A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein Q1 and Q2 are ═O and Q3 is —O—.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) or (Ic) are those wherein B is CR4 and 4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R10 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, -Q3-R10 is —OH.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In one embodiment, Q1 and Q2 and Q3 are oxygen. In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are C1-C10 alkyl. In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are H. In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl. In another embodiment, R3 and R6 are H. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 alkoxy, or C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Ia), (Ib) and (Ic) are in isolated and purified form.
-
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- It is to be understood that
Compound 50 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 50a and 50b; Compound 66 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 66a and 66b; Compound 67 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 67a and 67b; Compound 68 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 68a and 68b; and that Compound 69 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 69a and 69b. - Tautomeric Reaction
-
-
- A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein Q1 and Q2 are ═O and Q3 is —O—.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIa), (IIb) or (IIc) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R10 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, -Q3-R10 is —OH.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (II) are in isolated and purified form.
-
- Tautomeric Reaction
-
-
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Q1-Q3, R1-R9, R11-R12, A-E and halogen are defined above for Formula (IIIa) and (IIIb), respectively.
- A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compound of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein Q1, Q2 and Q3 are ═O.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIb) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IIIa) or (IIIb) are in isolated and purified form.
-
- It is to be understood that
Compound 70 is the racemate of its corresponding enantiomers Compound 70a and 70b. -
- A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein Q1, Q2 and Q3 are ═O.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (IVa) or (IVb) are in isolated and purified form.
-
- A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein Q1, Q2 and Q3 are ═O.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (Va) or (Vb) are in isolated and purified form.
-
-
- A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein Q1 is CHOH, Q2 is ═O, and Q3 is —O—.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIb) are in isolated and purified form.
-
-
- or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
-
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Q1-Q3, R1-R9, R11-R12, A-E and halogen are defined above for Formula (VIIa) and (VIIb), respectively.
- A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIB) is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein Q1 and Q2 are ═O, and Q3 is CH2.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein A, B, D and E are CR3, CR4, CR5 and CR6, respectively.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein A is CR3, E is CR6, and R3 and R6 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy, in another embodiment, —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is C1-C6 alkoxy.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR4, R4 is hydrogen, D is CR5 and R5 is —OCH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are those wherein B is CR4 and R4 is C1-C10 (hydroxy)alkyl, in another embodiment, hydroxymethyl.
- In another embodiment, R8 and R9 are hydrogen.
- In another embodiment, R1 and R2 are independently C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment, —CH3.
- In another embodiment, R7 is C1-C10 alkyl, in another embodiment —CH3.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) are in isolated and purified form.
- The Diterpenoid Compounds can be obtained using conventional organic synthesis or by using the following illustrative methods shown in Schemes 1-7 below. In certain other embodiments, Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention can be isolated from natural sources, such as plant extracts.
- Diterpenoid Compounds of Formula (I) or (II) can be obtained from a tetralone-type precursor such as depicted by compounds 13 in
Scheme 1. Nucleophilic addition of R7 using an appropriate organometallic reagent, such as a Grignard reagent (E. C. Ashby et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 89:1964 (1967)), followed by dehydration (C. Utermoehlen et al., J. Org. Chem., 52:5574 (1987)) providescompounds 14, which can undergo Diels-Alder cycloadditions with dienes such as compounds 15 (S. Danishefsky et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 101:7001 (1979)), with or without Lewis acid catalysis, to yield after desilylation tricyclic intermediates 16. The a, b-unsaturation of compounds 17 can be introduced by treatingcompounds 16 with a strong base such as lithium diisopropyl amide, followed by treatment with phenylselenium chloride, hydrogen peroxide or meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (M. Tius et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:5959 (1992)). Compounds 17 can then be oxidized with, for example, chromium trioxide/sulphuric acid or IBX in DMSO and oxygen with potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol to provide compounds 18 (Nicolaou et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123:3183 (2001); Nicolaou et al., Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 40:207 (2001)), which are in equilibrium with enols 19. Compounds 18a, 18b, 19a and 19b can be further modified to provide thioketones, imines, hydrazones, hydrazines, and arylhydrazones, as structurally described in Formulas (I), (II), (III) and (IV) by using simple organic transformations well recognised by chemists skilled in the art of organic synthesis. - Scheme 2 illustrates a synthesis of Diterpenoid Compounds of subgeneric formulas 5a, 5b, 6a, and 6b. This route uses compounds 21, which can be obtained (Scheme 3) in three steps from IBX-DMSO oxidation of aryl- or heteroaryl-substituted propanols 26 (Nicolaou et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 123:3183 (2001)), followed by Wittig reaction with aldehydes 27 (B. Maryanoff et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 107:217, (1985); A. Maercker, Organic Reactions, 14:270 (1965)), desilylation of
resultant product 28 using a reagent such as, but not limited to, TBAF, and bromination using tribromophosphine in a solvent such as dichloromethane to provide bromide 21. - Carbonyl-containing
compounds 20 can be coupled with intermediates 21 using reagents such as NaH or n-butyllithium in tetrahydrofuran to provide compounds 22 (S. Welch et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 101:6768 (1979)), which can then be cyclised to the tricyclic intermediates 23 using manganese acetate in acetic acid (B. Snider et al., J. Org. Chem., 50:3659 (1985)). The a, b-unsaturation ofcompounds 24 can be introduced by treating compounds 23 with lithium diisopropyl amide, phenylselenium chloride, hydrogen peroxide or meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (M. Tius et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:5959 (1992)). Oxidation ofcompounds 23 and 24 with, for example, chromium trioxide/acetic acid or oxygen and potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol, provides compounds 6a and 6b, respectively, which are in equilibrium with the enol forms of compounds 25a and 25b, respectively. Compounds 5a and 5b can be prepared from compounds 25a and 25b, respectively, by O-alkylating or O-acylating using well-known synthetic methods. - 12-Methoxypodocarpa-8,11,13-trieneoic acid (29) is a useful starting material for Diterpenoid Compounds 11a, 11b, 12a, and 12b (Schemes 4 and 5). With reference to Scheme 4, compounds 30 can be obtained by treating compound 29 with a strong base such as n-butyllithium followed by alkylation using an alkyl halide, aldehyde, ketone, ester or epoxide. The resulting compounds 30 can then be treated with lead tetraacetate and monoperphtalic acid to provide epoxides 31 (R. Cambie and T. Fullerton, Aust. J. Chem., 24:2611 (1971)), which can then be treated with lithium diethylamide and n-lithioethelenediamine to yield the tricyclic compounds 32 (R. Cambie and T. Fullerton, Aust. J. Chem., 24:2611 (1971)). Compounds 33 can then be obtained by oxidizing
compounds 32 with a reagent such as chromium trioxide and sulphuric acid, forming an enolate from the resultant ketone using a basic solution such as potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol and quenching the enolate with an alkylating agent, such as methyliodide (B. Snider et al., J. Org. Chem., 50:3659 (1985)). Reduction of compounds 33 with a metal such as palladium in a solvent/acid mixture such as ethanol and acetic acid provides the tricyclic ketones 34 (H. Thompson et al., J. Org. Chem., 41:2903 (1976)). Compounds such as 11a, where R5═OMe, can be obtained by treatingcompounds 34 with lithium diisopropyl amide, followed by phenylselenium chloride, hydrogen peroxide and meta-chloroperoxybenzoic acid, further followed by oxidation using, for example, chromium trioxide/acetic acid or oxygen with potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol (M. Tius et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:5959 (1992)). Oxidation ofcompounds 34 using chromium trioxide/acetic acid and oxygen with potassium t-butoxide in t-butanol provides 11b where R5═OCH3. Compounds 11a and 11b (R5═OMe) are in equilibrium with triketo compounds 12a and 12b, respectively. -
Scheme 5 depicts an alternative method useful for the preparation of Diterpenoid Compounds 11a, 11b, 12a, and 12b. For example, compounds 36 having R5 functional groups other than —OCH3 can be obtained by demethylatingcompound 30 with a reagent such as boron trichloride, treating the resultant phenoxide with triflic anhydride or any other suitable triflating agent, and then displacing the triflate with an organometallic reagent such as a boronate or a cuprate. The conversion ofcompounds 36 to Diterpenoid Compounds 11a, 11b, 12a, and 12b can be achieved using the same or similar synthetic methods as described in Scheme 4 for converting compounds 31 to those of formula 11a, 11b (R5═OMe) and 12a, 12b (R5═OMe)(R. Cambie and T. Fullerton, Aust. J. Chem., 24:2611 (1971); M. Tius et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114:5959 (1992)). -
-
- Synthesis of Compound of Formulas (Ib), (IIb) (IIIb), (IVb), (Vb), (VIb) and (VIIb)
- In certain embodiments, compounds of Formulas (Ia), (IIa), (IIIa), (IVa), (Va), (VIa) and (VIIa) can be obtained by standard oxidization of compounds of Formulas (Ib), (IIb), (IIIb), (IVb), (Vb), (VIb) and (VIIb). In certain exemplary embodiments, compounds of Formulas (Ia), (IIa), (IIIa), (IVa), (Va), (VIa) and (VIIa) can be obtained by selectively oxidizing compounds of Formulas (Ib), (IIb), (IIIb), (IVb), (Vb), (VIb) and (VIIb). In certain, more specific embodiments, a compound of Formula (Ib), (IIb), (IIIb), (IVb), (Vb), (VIb) and (VIIb) with a carbonyl group at one or more of positions A, B, D and E can be obtained by oxidizing a compound of Formula (Ia), (IIa), (IIIa), (IVa), (Va), (VIa) or (VIIa) that has a COH at those positions where a carbonyl is desired.
-
- In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods for treating cancer in a patient, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of a prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 or
Compound 74. A prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 orCompound 74, is useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. A prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 orCompound 74, is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 orCompound 74, is also useful for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell. A prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 orCompound 74, is further useful for treating or preventing a fungal infection. A prodrug of a Diterpenoid Compound of the invention, e.g., Compound 72 or Compound 73 orCompound 74, is also useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus. - Illustrative methods for synthesizing Compound 72 or Compound 73 or
Compound 74, respectively, are described in Example 6.5. - The present invention also provides prodrugs of the Diterpenoid Compounds of the invention. Prodrugs include derivatives of Diterpenoid Compounds that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide an active Diterpenoid Compound of the invention. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, derivatives and metabolites of a compound of the invention that include biohydrolyzable moieties such as biohydrolyzable amides, biohydrolyzable esters, biohydrolyzable carbamates, biohydrolyzable carbonates, and biohydrolyzable phosphate analogues. In certain embodiments, prodrugs of Diterpenoid Compounds with carboxyl functional groups are the lower alkyl esters of the carboxylic acid. The carboxylate esters are conveniently formed by esterifying any of the carboxylic acid moieties present on the molecule. Prodrugs can typically be prepared using well-known methods, such as those described by Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery 6th ed. (Donald J. Abraham ed., 2001, Wiley) and Design and Application of prodrugs (H. Bundgaard ed., 1985, Harwood Academic Publishers Gmfh). Biohydrolyzable moieties of a Diterpenoid Compound (i) do not interfere with the biological activity of the compound but can confer upon that compound advantageous properties in vivo, such as uptake, duration of action, or onset of action; or (ii) are biologically inactive but are converted in vivo to the biologically active compound. Examples of biohydrolyzable esters include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl esters, alkoxyacyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters. Examples of biohydrolyzable amides include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl amides, α-amino acid amides, alkoxyacyl amides, and alkylaminoalkylcarbonyl amides. Examples of biohydrolyzable carbamates include, but are not limited to, lower alkylamines, substituted ethylenediamines, aminoacids, hydroxyalkylamines, heterocyclic and heteroaromatic amines, and polyether amines.
- Due to their activity, the Diterpenoid Compounds are advantageously useful in veterinary and human medicine. For example, the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease, inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell, inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell, treating or preventing a fungal infection, or inhibiting the growth of a fungus.
- When administered to a patient, e.g., an animal for veterinary use or to a human for clinical use, or when made to contact a cell or tissue, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be in isolated and purified form.
- The present compositions, which comprise a Diterpenoid Compound, can be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa) and can be administered together with another active agent. Administration can be systemic or local. Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and can be used to administer a Diterpenoid Compound. In certain embodiments, more than one Diterpenoid Compound is administered to a patient. Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin. The mode of administration can be left to the discretion of the practitioner, and can depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition (such as the site of cancer or neoplastic disease or fungal infection).
- In specific embodiments, it might be desirable to administer one or more Diterpenoid Compounds locally to the area in need of treatment. This can be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, by convection or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers. In one embodiment, administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of a cancer, tumor or neoplastic or pre-neoplastic tissue or fungal infection.
- In certain embodiments, it might be desirable to administer one or more Diterpenoid Compounds by any suitable route, including intraventricular and intrathecal injection. Intraventricular injection can be facilitated by an intraventricular catheter, for example, attached to a reservoir, such as an Ommaya reservoir.
- Pulmonary administration can also be employed, e.g., by use of an inhaler or nebulizer, and formulation with an aerosolizing agent, or via perfusion in a fluorocarbon or synthetic pulmonary surfactant. In certain embodiments, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be formulated as a suppository, with traditional binders and carriers such as triglycerides.
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.)
- In yet another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be delivered in a controlled-release system. In one embodiment, a pump can be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC Pres., Boca Raton, Fla. (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61 (1983); see also Levy et al., Science 228:190 (1985); During et al., Ann. Neurol. 25:351 (1989); Howard et al., J. Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)). In yet another embodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the Diterpenoid Compounds, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled-release systems discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)) can be used.
- The present compositions comprise an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound, which can be in isolated and purified form, together with a suitable amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier so as to provide a useful form for administration to the patient.
- In a specific embodiment, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term “carrier” refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a Diterpenoid Compound is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, polymethylated castor oil (CREMAPHOR EL) and the like. The pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating and coloring agents can be used. When administered to a patient, the Diterpenoid Compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be sterile. Water is a useful carrier when the Diterpenoid Compound is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like. The present compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
- The present compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories, emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in “Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” by E. W. Martin.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings. Typically, Diterpenoid Compounds intended for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the compositions can also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous administration can optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water-free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the Diterpenoid Compound is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the Diterpenoid Compound is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients can be mixed prior to administration.
- Compositions for oral delivery can be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example. Orally administered compositions can contain one or more optionally agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositions can be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered Diterpenoid Compounds. In these later platforms, fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture. These delivery platforms can provide an essentially zero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles of immediate release formulations. A time delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate can also be used. Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, or magnesium carbonate. Such carriers can be of pharmaceutical grade.
- The effective amount of the Diterpenoid Compound depends on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays can optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances. However, suitable effective amounts for intravenous administration generally range from about 10 micrograms to about 1 gram per kilogram body weight, in one embodiment from about 20 micrograms to about 500 micrograms, about 400 micrograms to about 2 milligrams, about 1 milligram to about 5 milligram, about 2 milligram to about 20 milligram, about 10 milligram to about 60 milligram, about 50 milligram to about 200 milligram, about 100 milligram to about 500 milligram, or about 200 milligram to about 800 milligram of Diterpenoid Compound per kilogram body weight. In specific embodiments of the invention, the effective amount for an i.v. dose ranges from about 10 to about 40, about 40 to about 60, about 60 to about 100, or about 100 to about 200 micrograms per kilogram body weight. In other embodiments, the effective amount for an i.v. dose ranges from about 75 to about 150, about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 375 or about 375 to about 500 or about 400 to about 800 micrograms per kilogram body weight. In specific embodiments of the invention, the effective amount for an i.v. dose ranges from about 0.5 to about 2, from about 1 to about 10, from about 10 to about 40, about 40 to about 60, about 60 to about 100, or about 100 to about 200 milligrams per kilogram body weight. In other embodiments, the effective amount for an i.v. dose ranges from about 75 to about 150, about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 375 or about 375 to about 500 milligrams per kilogram body weight. Suitable effective amounts for intranasal administration generally range from about 0.01 pg/kg body weight to about 1 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 800 mg/kg body weight. Suppositories generally contain an effective amount in the range of about 0.5% to about 10% by weight. Oral compositions can contain from about 10% to about 95% of Diterpenoid Compound. In specific embodiments of the invention, suitable effective amounts for oral administration generally range from about 0.1 micrograms to about 10 milligrams, from about 0.75 micrograms to about 1 milligram, from about 1 to about 500 micrograms, from about 200 micrograms to about 2 milligrams, from about 1 milligram to about 10 milligram, from about 5 milligram to about 50 milligram, from about 20 milligram to about 200 milligram, or from about 100 milligram to about 800 milligram of Diterpenoid Compound per kilogram body weight. In specific embodiments, the effective amount for an oral dose ranges from about 1 to about 10, about 10 to about 30, about 30 to about 90, or about 90 to about 150 micrograms per kilogram body weight. In other embodiments, the oral dose ranges from about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 325, about 325 to about 450 or about 450 to about 1000 micrograms per kilogram body weight. In other embodiments, the oral dose ranges from about 150 to about 250, about 250 to about 325, about 325 to about 450 or about 450 to about 1000 milligrams per kilogram body weight. Effective amounts can be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art. In one embodiment, for testing the effectiveness of a Diterpenoid Compound in an in vitro cell culture, concentrations from about 0.1 micromolar to about 10 micromolar, from about 0.2 micromolar to about 10 micromolar, from about 0.5 micromolar to about 5 micromolar, or from about 0.2 micromolar to about 5 micromolar can be used.
- The invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers containing one or more Diterpenoid Compounds. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be instructions for use of one or more Diterpenoid Compounds or a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. In one embodiment, e.g., when administered for the treatment or prevention of cancer, the kit can also contain one or more chemotherapeutic agents useful for treating cancer or a neoplastic disease to be administered prior to, subsequent to, or in combination with a Diterpenoid Compound. In another embodiment, e.g., when administered for the treatment or prevention of a fungal infection, the kit can also contain one or more other anti-fungal agents to be administered prior to, subsequent to or in combination with a Diterpenoid Compound. Such other anti-fungal agents include, but are not limited to, ketoconazole, itraconazole, amphotericin B, polyoxines, nikkomycines, carboxyamides, aromatic carbohydrates, carboxines, morpholines, inhibitors of sterol biosynthesis, and organophosphorus compounds.
- The Diterpenoid Compounds can be assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans. For example, in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Diterpenoid Compound or combination of Diterpenoid Compounds is preferred.
- In one embodiment, a patient-tissue sample is grown in culture, and contacted or otherwise administered with a Diterpenoid Compound, and the effect of the Diterpenoid Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared with a non-contacted tissue. In other embodiments, a cell culture model is used in which the cells of the cell culture are contacted or otherwise administered with a Diterpenoid Compound, and the effect of the Diterpenoid Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared with a non-contacted cell culture. Generally, a lower level of proliferation or survival of the contacted cells compared to the non-contracted cells indicates that the Diterpenoid Compound is effective to treat or prevent cancer or a neoplastic disease. The Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to be effective and safe using animal model systems.
- In one embodiment, a fungus sample from an infected patient is grown in culture and contacted or otherwise administered with a Diterpenoid Compound, and the effect of the Diterpenoid Compound upon the growth of the fungus is observed and compared with a non-contacted tissue. Generally, a lower level of proliferation or survival of the contacted fungus compared to the non-contracted fungus indicates that the Diterpenoid Compound is effective to treat or prevent the fungal infection. The Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to be effective and safe using animal model systems.
- Other methods will be known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the invention.
- The Diterpenoid Compounds can be shown to inhibit tumor cell proliferation, cell transformation or tumorigenesis in vitro and in vivo using a variety of assays known in the art, or described herein. Such assays may use cells of a cancer cell line, or cells from a patient. Many assays well-known in the art can be used to assess such survival and/or growth; for example, cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring (3H)-thymidine incorporation, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcription, translation or activity of known genes such as proto-oncogenes (e.g., fos, myc) or cell cycle markers (Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, D1, D2, D3, E, etc). The levels of such protein and mRNA and activity can be determined by any method well known in the art. For example, protein can be quantitated by known immunodiagnostic methods such as Western blotting or immunoprecipitation using commercially available antibodies (for example, many cell cycle marker antibodies are from Santa Cruz Inc.). mRNA can be quantitated using methods that are well known and routine in the art, for example, using northern analysis, RNase protection, the polymerase chain reaction in connection with the reverse transcription. Cell viability can be assessed by using trypan-blue staining or other cell death or viability markers known in the art. In a specific embodiment, the level of cellular ATP is measured to determined cell viability. Differentiation can be assessed, for example, visually based on changes in morphology.
- The present invention provides for cell cycle and cell proliferation analysis using a variety of techniques known in the art, including but not limited to the following:
- As one example, bromodeoxyuridine (BRDU) incorporation can be used as an assay to identify proliferating cells. The BRDU assay identifies a cell population undergoing DNA synthesis by incorporation of BRDU into newly synthesized DNA. Newly synthesized DNA can then be detected using an anti-BRDU antibody (see Hoshino et al., 1986,
Int. J. Cancer 38, 369; Campana et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Meth. 107, 79). - Cell proliferation can also be examined using (3H)-thymidine incorporation (see e.g., Chen, J., 1996, Oncogene 13:1395-403; Jeoung, J., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:18367-73). This assay allows for quantitative characterization of S-phase DNA synthesis. In this assay, cells synthesizing DNA will incorporate (3H)-thymidine into newly synthesized DNA. Incorporation can then be measured by standard techniques in the art such as by counting of radioisotope in a Scintillation counter (e.g. Beckman LS 3800 Liquid Scintillation Counter).
- Detection of proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) can also be used to measure cell proliferation. PCNA is a 36 kilodalton protein whose expression is elevated in proliferating cells, particularly in early G1 and S phases of the cell cycle and therefore can serve as a marker for proliferating cells. Positive cells can be identified by immunostaining using an anti-PCNA antibody (see Li et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:189-199; Vassilev et al., 1995, J. Cell Sci. 108:1205-15).
- Cell proliferation can be measured by counting samples of a cell population over time (e.g. daily cell counts). Cells can be counted using a hemacytometer and light microscopy (e.g. HyLite hemacytometer, Hausser Scientific). Cell number can be plotted against time in order to obtain a growth curve for the population of interest. In one embodiment, cells counted by this method are first mixed with the dye Trypan-blue (Sigma), such that living cells exclude the dye, and are counted as viable members of the population.
- DNA content and/or mitotic index of the cells can be measured, for example, based on the DNA ploidy value of the cell. For example, cells in the G1 phase of the cell cycle generally contain a 2N DNA ploidy value. Cells in which DNA has been replicated but have not progressed through mitosis (e.g. cells in S-phase) exhibit a ploidy value higher than 2N and up to 4N DNA content. Ploidy value and cell-cycle kinetics can be further measured using propidum iodide assay (see e.g. Turner, T., et al., 1998, Prostate 34:175-81). Alternatively, the DNA ploidy can be determined by quantitation of DNA Feulgen staining (which binds to DNA in a stoichiometric manner) on a computerized microdensitometrystaining system (see e.g., Bacus, S., 1989, Am. J. Pathol.135:783-92). In an another embodiment, DNA content can be analyzed by preparation of a chromosomal spread (Zabalou, S., 1994, Hereditas.120:127-40; Pardue, 1994, Meth. Cell Biol. 44:333-351).
- The expression of cell-cycle proteins (e.g., CycA, CycB, CycE, CycD, cdc2, Cdk4/6, Rb, p21, and p27) provide information relating to the proliferative state of a cell or population of cells. For example, identification in an anti-proliferation signaling pathway can be indicated by the induction of p21ciP1. Increased levels of p21 expression in cells result in delayed entry into G1 of the cell cycle (Harper et al., 1993, Cell 75:805-816; Li et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:189-199). p21 induction can be identified by immunostaining using a specific anti-p21 antibody available commercially (e.g. Santa Cruz). Similarly, cell-cycle proteins can be examined by Western blot analysis using commercially available antibodies. In another embodiment, cell populations are synchronized prior to detection of a cell cycle protein. Cell cycle proteins can also be detected by FACS (fluorescence-activated cell sorter) analysis using antibodies against the protein of interest.
- Detection of changes in length of the cell cycle or speed of cell cycle can also be used to measure inhibition of cell proliferation by the Diterpenoid Compounds. In one embodiment the length of the cell cycle is determined by the doubling time of a population of cells (e.g., using cells contacted or not contacted with one or more Diterpenoid Compounds). In another embodiment, FACS analysis is used to analyze the phase of cell cycle progression, or purify G1, S, and G2/M fractions (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
- Lapse of cell cycle checkpoint(s), and/or induction of cell cycle checkpoint(s), can be examined using the methods described herein, or by any method known in the art. Without limitation, a cell cycle checkpoint is a mechanism that ensures that the different steps of cell division occur in a particular order. Checkpoint genes are defined by mutations that allow late events to occur without prior completion of an early event (Weinert, T., and Hartwell, L., 1993, Genetics, 134:63-80). Induction or inhibition of cell cycle checkpoint genes can be assayed, for example, by Western blot analysis, or by immunostaining, for example. Lapse of cell cycle checkpoints can be further assessed by the progression of a cell through the checkpoint without prior occurrence of specific events (e.g. progression into mitosis without complete replication of the genomic DNA).
- In addition to the effects of expression of a particular cell cycle protein, activity and post-translational modifications of proteins involved in the cell cycle can play an integral role in the regulation and proliferative state of a cell. The invention provides for assays involved in detecting post-translational modifications (e.g. phosphorylation) by any method known in the art. For example, antibodies that detect phosphorylated tyrosine residues are commercially available, and can be used in Western blot analysis to detect proteins with such modifications. In another example, modifications such as myristylation, can be detected on thin layer chromatography or reverse phase h.p.l.c. (see e.g., Glover, C., 1988, Biochem. J. 250:485-91; Paige, L., 1988, Biochem J.; 250:485-91).
- Activity of signaling and cell cycle proteins and/or protein complexes is often mediated by a kinase activity. The present invention provides for analysis of kinase activity by assays such as the histone H1 assay (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
- The Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to alter cell proliferation in cultured cells in vitro using methods which are well known in the art. Specific examples of cell culture models include, but are not limited to, for lung cancer, primary rat lung tumor cells (Swafford et al., 1997, Mol. Cell. Biol., 17:1366-1374) and large-cell undifferentiated cancer cell lines (Mabry et al., 1991, Cancer Cells, 3:53-58); colorectal cell lines for colon cancer (Park and Gazdar, 1996, J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. 24:131-141); multiple established cell lines for breast cancer (Hambly et al., 1997, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 43:247-258; Gierthy et al., 1997, Chemosphere 34:1495-1505; Prasad and Church, 1997, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 232:14-19); a number of well-characterized cell models for prostate cancer (Webber et al., 1996, Prostate,
Part 1, 29:386-394; Part 2, 30:58-64; and Part 3, 30:136-142; Boulikas, 1997, Anticancer Res. 17:1471-1505); for genitourinary cancers, continuous human bladder cancer cell lines (Ribeiro et al., 1997, Int. J. Radiat. Biol. 72:11-20); organ cultures of transitional cell carcinomas (Booth et al., 1997, Lab Invest. 76:843-857) and rat progression models (Vet et al., 1997, Biochim. Biophys Acta 1360:39-44); and established cell lines for leukemias and lymphomas (Drexler, 1994, Leuk. Res. 18:919-927, Tohyama, 1997, Int. J. Hematol. 65:309-317). - The Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to inhibit cell transformation (or progression to malignant phenotype) in vitro. In this embodiment, cells with a transformed cell phenotype are contacted with one or more Diterpenoid Compounds, and examined for change in characteristics associated with a transformed phenotype (a set of in vitro characteristics associated with a tumorigenic ability in vivo), for example, but not limited to, colony formation in soft agar, a more rounded cell morphology, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, release of proteases such as plasminogen activator, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, or expression of fetal antigens, etc. (see Luria et al., 1978, General Virology, 3d Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 436-446).
- Loss of invasiveness or decreased adhesion can also be used to demonstrate the anti-cancer effects of the Diterpenoid Compounds. For example, an aspect of the formation of a metastatic cancer is the ability of a precancerous or cancerous cell to detach from primary site of disease and establish a novel colony of growth at a secondary site. The ability of a cell to invade peripheral sites reflects its potential for a cancerous state. Loss of invasiveness can be measured by a variety of techniques known in the art including, for example, induction of E-cadherin-mediated cell-cell adhesion. Such E-cadherin-mediated adhesion can result in phenotypic reversion and loss of invasiveness (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
- Loss of invasiveness can further be examined by inhibition of cell migration. A variety of 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional cellular matrices are commercially available (Calbiochem-Novabiochem Corp. San Diego, Calif.). Cell migration across or into a matrix can be examined using microscopy, time-lapsed photography or videography, or by any method in the art allowing measurement of cellular migration. In a related embodiment, loss of invasiveness is examined by response to hepatocyte growth factor (HGF). HGF-induced cell scattering is correlated with invasiveness of cells such as Madin-Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cells. This assay identifies a cell population that has lost cell scattering activity in response to HGF (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
- Alternatively, loss of invasiveness can be measured by cell migration through a chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe/Precision Biochemicals Inc. Vancouver, BC). In such assay, a chemo-attractant agent is incubated on one side of the chamber (e.g., the bottom chamber) and cells are plated on a filter separating the opposite side (e.g., the top chamber). In order for cells to pass from the top chamber to the bottom chamber, the cells must actively migrate through small pores in the filter. Checkerboard analysis of the number of cells that have migrated can then be correlated with invasiveness (see e.g., Ohnishi, T., 1993, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 193:518-25).
- The Diterpenoid Compounds can also be demonstrated to inhibit tumor formation in vivo. A vast number of animal models of hyperproliferative disorders, including tumorigenesis and metastatic spread, are known in the art (see Table 317-1, Chapter 317, “Principals of Neoplasia,” in Harrison's Principals of Internal Medicine, 13th Edition, Isselbacher et al., eds., McGraw-Hill, New York, p. 1814, and Lovejoy et al., 1997, J. Pathol. 181:130-135). Specific examples include for lung cancer, transplantation of tumor nodules into rats (Wang et al., 1997, Ann. Thorac. Surg. 64:216-219) or establishment of lung cancer metastases in SCID mice depleted of NK cells (Yono and Sone, 1997, Gan To Kagaku Ryoho 24:489-494); for colon cancer, colon cancer transplantation of human colon cancer cells into nude mice (Gutman and Fidler, 1995, World J. Surg. 19:226-234), the cotton top tamarin model of human ulcerative colitis (Warren, 1996, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 10 Supp 12:45-47) and mouse models with mutations of the adenomatous polyposis tumor suppressor (Polakis, 1997, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1332:F127-F147); for breast cancer, transgenic models of breast cancer (Dankort and Muller, 1996, Cancer Treat. Res. 83:71-88; Amundadittir et al., 1996, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 39:119-135) and chemical induction of tumors in rats (Russo and Russo, 1996, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 39:7-20); for prostate cancer, chemically-induced and transgenic rodent models, and human xenograft models (Royai et al., 1996, Semin. Oncol. 23:35-40); for genitourinary cancers, induced bladder neoplasm in rats and mice (Oyasu, 1995, Food Chem. Toxicol 33:747-755) and xenografts of human transitional cell carcinomas into nude rats (Jarrett et al., 1995, J. Endourol. 9:1-7); and for hematopoietic cancers, transplanted allogeneic marrow in animals (Appelbaum, 1997, Leukemia 11 (Suppl. 4):S15-S17). Further, general animal models applicable to many types of cancer have been described, including, but not restricted to, the p53-deficient mouse model (Donehower, 1996, Semin. Cancer Biol. 7:269-278), the Min mouse (Shoemaker et al., 1997, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, 1332:F25-F48), and immune responses to tumors in rat (Frey, 1997, Methods, 12:173-188).
- For example, a Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a test animal, preferably a test animal predisposed to develop a type of tumor, and the test animal subsequently examined for a decreased incidence of tumor formation in comparison with controls not administered the Diterpenoid Compound. Alternatively, a Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a test animal having a tumor (e.g., animals in which tumors have been induced by introduction of malignant, neoplastic, or transformed cells, or by administration of a carcinogen), and the tumors in the test animals can be subsequently examined for tumor regression and compared with controls that were not administered with the Diterpenoid Compound.
- The Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vivo. Inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vivo is useful for treating, preventing and inhibiting the growth of a cancer. The Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and for inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vitro. Inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell or neoplastic cell and inducing cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell in vitro is useful for assays to determine optimal concentration ranges of effectiveness of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- Without being bound by theory, apoptosis is a morphologically and biochemically distinct form of cell death that occurs in response to a diverse range of stimuli, including irradiation and activation of death receptors such as Fas and the tumor necrosis factor receptor. Neoplastic transformation or cancerous growth of a cell can trigger apoptosis of that cell. Impaired apoptosis is therefore a significant factor in the aetiology of cancer and neoplastic diseases.
- Morphologic criteria that can be used to describe apoptotic cells include condensation and margination of chromatin, cytoplasmic vacuolization, cellular shrinkage, increase in cellular density, nuclear fragmentation and apoptotic body formation.
- Without being bound by theory, Applicants believe that the Diterpenoid Compounds induce apoptosis in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell. Moreover, without being bound by theory, Applicants believe that Diterpenoid Compounds induce apoptosis selectively in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell. In one embodiment, a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at least 2-fold selectivity in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell. In certain embodiments, a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at least 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 75-fold, 100-fold, 150-fold, 200-fold or 250-fold selectivity in a cancer cell or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell. In certain embodiments, a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis with at most 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 20-fold, 25-fold, 50-fold, 75-fold, 100-fold, 150-fold, 200-fold or 250-fold selectivity in a cancer cell and/or in a neoplastic cell, relative to a non-cancer cell or non-neoplastic cell. When selectivity in a cancer cell or neoplastic cell is n-fold, relative to a non-cancer or non-neoplastic cell, a Diterpenoid Compound induces apoptosis in n-times as many cancer cells or neoplastic cells than non-cancer cells or non-neoplastic cells.
- Without being bound by theory, inducing apoptosis selectively in cancer cells or in neoplastic cells is useful for treating cancer or a neoplastic disease in a patient.
- Cancer or a neoplastic disease, including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound.
- In certain embodiments, the present methods for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disease comprise administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound and another active agent, such as a chemotherapeutic or anti-cancer agent, including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, nitrosoureas, Cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacarbazine, procarbizine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunorubicin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine, vincristine, vinorelbine, paclitaxel, and docetaxel. In another embodiment, the other chemotherapeutic or anti-cancer agent includes, but is not limited to, those listed in Table 1.
TABLE 1 CHEMOTHERAPEUTICS AND OTHER ANTI-CANCER AGENTS Radiation: γ-radiation Alkylating agents Nitrogen mustards: cyclophosphamide Ifosfamide trofosfamide Chlorambucil Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU) Lomustine (CCNU) Alkylsulphonates busulfan Treosulfan Triazenes: Dacarbazine Platinum containing compounds: Cisplatin carboplatin Plant Alkaloids Vinca alkaloids: vincristine Vinblastine Vindesine Vinorelbine Taxoids: paclitaxel Docetaxol DNA Topoisomerase Inhibitors Epipodophyllins: etoposide Teniposide Topotecan 9-aminocamptothecin campto irinotecan crisnatol mytomycins: mytomycin C Mytomycin C Anti-metabolites Anti-folates: DHFR inhibitors: methotrexate Trimetrexate IMP dehydrogenase Inhibitors: mycophenolic acid Tiazofurin Ribavirin EICAR Ribonuclotide reductase Inhibitors: hydroxyurea deferoxamine Pyrimidine analogs: Uracil analogs 5-Fluorouracil Floxuridine Doxifluridine Ratitrexed Cytosine analogs cytarabine (ara C) Cytosine arabinoside fludarabine Purine analogs: mercaptopurine Thioguanine Hormonal therapies: Receptor antagonists: Anti-estrogens Tamoxifen Raloxifene megestrol LHRH agonists: goscrclin Leuprolide acetate Anti-androgens: flutamide bicalutamide Retinoids/Deltoids Vitamin D3 analogs: EB 1089 CB 1093 KH 1060 Photodyamic therapies: vertoporfin (BPD-MA) Phthalocyanine photosensitizer Pc4 Demethoxy-hypocrellin A (2BA-2-DMHA) Cytokines: Interferon-α Interferon-γ Tumor necrosis factor Others: Isoprenylation inhibitors: Lovastatin Dopaminergic neurotoxins: 1-methyl-4-phenylpyridinium ion Cell cycle inhibitors: staurosporine Kinase inhibitors: Imatinib Mesylate Actinomycins: Actinomycin D Dactinomycin Bleomycins: bleomycin A2 Bleomycin B2 Peplomycin Anthracyclines: daunorubicin Doxorubicin (adriamycin) Idarubicin Epirubicin Pirarubicin Zorubicin Mitoxantrone MDR inhibitors: verapamil Ca2+ ATPase inhibitors: thapsigargin - In other embodiments, the methods for treating or preventing cancer or a neoplastic disease comprise administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound and an effective amount of radiation therapy or another chemotherapeutic agent, in one embodiment, with a chemotherapeutic agent with which treatment of the cancer has not been found to be refractory. The Diterpenoid Compound can be administered to a patient that has also undergone surgery as treatment for the cancer.
- In another specific embodiment, the invention provides methods for treating or preventing cancer that has shown to be refractory to treatment with a chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy.
- In a specific embodiment, a Diterpenoid Compound is administered concurrently with chemotherapy or radiation therapy. In another specific embodiment, chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior or subsequent to administration of a Diterpenoid Compound, preferably at least an hour, five hours, 12 hours, a day, a week, a month, more preferably several months (e.g., up to three months), subsequent to administration of the Diterpenoid Compound.
- The chemotherapy or radiation therapy administered concurrently with, or prior or subsequent to, the administration of a Diterpenoid Compound can be accomplished using any method known in the art. The chemotherapeutic agents can be administered in a series of sessions, any one or a combination of the chemotherapeutic agents listed above can be administered. With respect to radiation therapy, any radiation therapy protocol can be used depending upon the type of cancer to be treated or prevented. For example, but not by way of limitation, x-ray radiation can be administered; in particular, high-energy megavoltage (radiation of greater that 1 MeV energy) can be used for deep tumors, and electron beam and orthovoltage x-ray radiation can be used for skin cancers. Gamma-ray emitting radioisotopes, such as radioactive isotopes of radium, cobalt and other elements, can also be administered to expose tissues to radiation.
- Additionally, the invention provides methods for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease with a Diterpenoid Compound as an alternative to chemotherapy or radiation therapy where the chemotherapy or the radiation therapy has proven or might prove too toxic, e.g., results in unacceptable or unbearable side effects, for the patient being treated. The patient being treated with the Diterpenoid Compound can, optionally, be treated with other cancer treatments such as surgery, radiation therapy or chemotherapy, depending on which treatment is found to be acceptable or bearable.
- Cancers or neoplastic diseases and related disorders that can be treated or prevented by administration of an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound and cancer cells and neoplastic cells whose growth can be inhibited or in which cytotoxicity, e.g., through apoptosis, can be induced by contacting with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound include but are not limited to those listed in Table 2 (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed., J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia):
TABLE 2 CANCERS AND NEOPLASTIC DISORDERS Leukemia acute leukemia acute T-cell leukemia acute lymphocytic leukemia acute myelocytic leukemia myeloblastic promyelocytic myelomonocytic monocytic erythroleukemia chronic leukemia chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia chronic lymphocytic leukemia Polycythemia vera Lymphoma Hodgkin's disease non-Hodgkin's disease Multiple myeloma Waldenström's macroglobulinemia Heavy chain disease Solid tumors sarcomas and carcinomas fibrosarcoma myxosarcoma liposarcoma chondrosarcoma osteogenic sarcoma chordoma angiosarcoma endotheliosarcoma lymphangiosarcoma lymphangioendotheliosarcoma synovioma mesothelioma Ewing's tumor leiomyosarcoma rhabdomyosarcoma colon carcinoma pancreatic cancer breast cancer ovarian cancer prostate cancer squamous cell carcinoma basal cell carcinoma adenocarcinoma sweat gland carcinoma sebaceous gland carcinoma papillary carcinoma papillary adenocarcinomas cystadenocarcinoma medullary carcinoma bronchogenic carcinoma renal cell carcinoma hepatoma bile duct carcinoma choriocarcinoma seminoma embryonal carcinoma Wilms' tumor cervical cancer uterine cancer testicular tumor lung carcinoma small cell lung carcinoma bladder carcinoma epithelial carcinoma glioma astrocytoma medulloblastoma craniopharyngioma ependymoma pinealoma hemangioblastoma acoustic neuroma oligodendroglioma meningioma melanoma neuroblastoma retinoblastoma NSCL-LC carcinoma NSCL-adrenocarcinoma Liver cancer Breast epithelial cancer Endothelial cancer Bronchial epithelial cancer - In specific embodiments, cancer, malignancy or dysproliferative changes (such as metaplasias and dysplasias), or hyperproliferative disorders, are treated or prevented in the ovary, breast, colon, lung, skin, pancreas, prostate, bladder, cervix or uterus. In other specific embodiments, sarcoma, melanoma, or leukemia is treated or prevented.
- In one embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for treating or preventing cancers including prostate cancer, such as hormone-insensitive prostate cancer, Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (preferably follicular or Diffuse Large B-cell), Breast (for example Estrogen-receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (for example non-Hodgkin's), Lung (for example Small cell), or Testicular (for example germ cell).
- In another embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cell derived from a cancer or neoplasm such as prostate (in one embodiment, hormone-insensitive), Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, follicular or Diffuse Large B-cell), Breast (in one embodiment, Estrogen-receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, non-Hodgkin's), Lung (in one embodiment, Small cell), or Testicular (in one embodiment, germ cell).
- In other embodiments of the invention, the Diterpenoid Compounds are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cell, said cell being derived from a cancer or neoplasm in Table 2 or herein.
- The invention provides methods for treating or preventing a fungal infection, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound. Fungal Infections that can be treated or prevented by administering an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound include, but are not limited to, Candida (including C. albicans, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis, C. stellatoidea, C. krusei, C. parakrusei, C. lusitanae, C. pseudotropicalis, C. guilliermondi, C. dubliniesis, C. famata or C. glabrata), Aspergillus (including A. fumigatus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. nidulans, A. terreus, A. sydowi, A. flavatus or A. glaucus), Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, Paracoccidioides, Blastomyces, Basidiobolus, Conidiobolus, Rhizopus, Rhizomucor, Mucor, Asbidia, Mortierella, Cunninghamella, Saksenaea, Pseudallescheria, Paecilomyces, Fusarium, Trichophyton, Trichosporon Microsporum, Epidermophyton, Scytalidium, Malassezia, Actinomycetes, Sporothrix, Penicillium, Sacharomyces, Pneumocystis or Scopulariopsis infections.
- In certain embodiments, such fungal infections in animals, including humans, can be a systemic, topical or mucosal infection.
- In view of their antifungal activity, Diterpenoid Compounds are useful in the treatment of variety of fungal infections in animals, including humans. Such infections can be superficial, cutaneous, subcutaneous or systemic mycotic infections such as respiratory tract infections, gastrointestinal infections, cardiovascular infections, urinary tract infections, CNS infections, candidiasis and chronic muccocandidiasis and skin infections caused by fungi, cutaneous and mucocutaneous candidiasis, athletes foot, paronychia, fungal nappy rash, candida vulvitis, candida balanitis and otitis extema. They may also be used as prophylactic agents to prevent systemic and topical fungal infections. Use as prophylactic agents may be appropriate as part of a selective gut decontamination regimen in the prevention of infection in immunocomprised patients, e.g., AIDS patients and patients receiving transplant therapy.
- The invention further provides a method for inhibiting the growth of a fungus comprising contacting the fungus with an effective amount of a Diterpenoid Compound. The fungi whose growth can be inhibited with a Diterpenoid Compound include Candida (including C. albicans, C. tropicalis, C. parapsilosis, C. stellatoidea, C. krusei, C. parakrusei, C. lusitanae, C. pseudotropicalis, C. guilliermondi, C. dubliniesis, C. famata or C. glabrata), Aspergillus (including A. fumigatus, A. flavus, A. niger, A. nidulans, A. terreus, A. sydowi, A. flavatus or A. glaucus), Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, Paracoccidioides, Blastomyces, Basidiobolus, Conidiobolus, Rhizopus, Rhizomucor, Mucor, Asbidia, Mortierella, Cunninghamella, Saksenaea, Pseudallescheria, Paecilomyces, Fusarium, Trichophyton, Trichosporon Microsporum, Epidermophyton, Scytalidium, Malassezia, Actinomycetes, Sporothrix, Penicillium, Sacharomyces, Pneumocystis or Scopulariopsis.
- In certain embodiments, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be used as anti-fungal agents in vitro or in vivo. In a specific embodiment, the Diterpenoid Compounds can be used to prevent growth of a fungus wherever absence of fungal growth is desired, such as on or in food, medical instruments or devices, clothing, furniture and home appliances.
- The following examples exemplify non-limiting aspects of the present invention.
- A plant cell culture of Linum arboreum (Linaceae) was prepared using shoots of L. arboreum. The shoots were sterilized by immersion for 1 minute in 70% ethanol followed by immersion for 25 minutes in a solution of sodium hypochlorite (
concentration 15%). The sterile shoots were chopped into small pieces of approximately 5 mm and placed upon solidified callus induction medium B5 (Gamborgs B5 recipe (Exp. Cell. Res. 50: 148 (1968)) containing 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (2,4-D) (1 mg/L), kinetin (0.1 mg/L), sucrose (2%)). Callus initiations were incubated in continuous low light at 23_C. Upon establishment of callus, the material was used to initiate suspension cultures. - To establish suspension cultures, portions of established callus were placed in 100 mL conical flasks containing liquid medium B88, modified after Gamborgs B5 recipe to contain 2,4-D (1 mg/L), kinetin (0.1 mg/L), coconut water (10%)+3% sucrose. The liquid medium was replenished at 14 day intervals. After 4 months the established suspension culture was routinely maintained in a 250 mL conical flask, by transferring 40 mL of a 14 or 21 day old suspension culture into 100 mL fresh B88 medium. The culture was incubated at 25° C. in continuous low light and shaken at 140 rpm.
- Accumulation of isolated compounds was induced in the Linum arboreum suspension culture according to either one of the following protocols.
- (1) 2 L conical flasks each containing 750 mL of a secondary metabolite production medium B49 (Gamborgs B5, 5% sucrose, no hormones), were each inoculated with 260 mL of a 14-day old suspension culture grown on B88 medium. The cultures were incubated under low light conditions (approximately 30 lux) at 25° C. for 28 days.
- (2) A 40 mL aliquot of a
day 0 suspension growing on B88 medium was transferred to a 100 mL flask. On day 3, a sterile solution of 5-azacytidine (5-AC) in water was added for a final concentration of 3×10−5 M, and the resultant mixture was incubated for 11 days. At this point the 40 mL 5-AC-treated culture was subcultured, twice before inoculating 190 mL B49 production medium in a 500 mL flask with 70 mL of a 14 day-old suspension. The culture was incubated under low light conditions (approximately 30 lux) at 25° C. for 7 days following inoculation, filter-sterilized methyl jasmonate (250 uM final concentration) and an autoclaved Candida albicans preparation (50 mg/L final concentration) were added. The C. albicans preparation was obtained by growing a culture of strain ATCC28516 on YEPD media (yeast extract 1%, yeast peptone 2%, glucose 2%) to maximum cell density and twice autoclaving the total yeast culture prior to addition to plant cultures. The culture was incubated for a further 7 days before harvest of biomass. - At harvest the plant cell culture of Linum arboreum, the culture was centrifuged and the supernatant liquid was decanted. The residual biomass was freeze-dried, and subsequently extracted. Biomass from the culture method (1) in Example 6.1 was used in the following isolation procedure.
- 81.85 g of dried biomass corresponding to a 6 L culture of Linum arboreum obtained above were placed in two 3 L glass beakers, 2 L of methanol was added to each beaker and stirred at room temperature for 20 hours. The mixture was then filtered under vacuum through a fritted funnel. After filtration the marc was washed twice with 250 mL portions of methanol and then the washings were combined with the main filtrate. The combined filtrate and washings were evaporated to dryness under vacuum using a rotary evaporator. The yield of the methanol extract (E11) was 22.8 g (see
FIG. 1A ). - The E11 extract was dissolved in 2 L of water and then partitioned with 2×1 L of butanol. The butanol phases were separated, combined and then concentrated to dryness. The yield of the butanol exact (E11B) was 7.65 g (33.5% from the methanol extract).
- 150 mL of HP-20 were placed in a 360 mL fritted glass column (3.8×30 cm) and equilibrated with 10% acetonitrile. Approximately 7.5 g of the E11B extract were re-dissolved in methanol and absorbed into 70 mL of HP-20. The absorbed HP-20 extract was placed on top of the HP-20 column and eluted with an aqueous acetonitrile gradient followed by methanol and acetone. The active fraction (A4) was eluted with methanol. It yielded approximately 420 mg (1.8% from the methanol extract).
- Approximately 1 mg of the A4 fraction was fractionated by HPLC using the Gem5.met method (see Experimental Methods below). Fractions were collected in a 96-well plates.
- The remainder of the A4 fraction was triturated with 2×50 mL of hexane under mechanical stirring. After centrifugation, the soluble material was concentrated to dryness yielding 197 mg of a hexane fraction (B1). The hexane insoluble material was triturated with 2×50 mL of ethyl acetate. After centrifugation, the soluble material was concentrated to dryness yielding 40 mg of an ethyl acetate fraction (B2). The ethyl acetate insoluble material yielded 135 mg of a methanol soluble fraction (B3). All fractions, B1-B3 were analyzed by HPLC.
- B1 and B2 fractions were subjected to preparative reverse phase HPLC using the Gem8p.met method (see Experimental Methods below). Fractions B1C6 and B2C5 (peaks at Rt˜25.8 mm) were combined to yield 4.3 mg of
Compound 48. Fraction B1C4 (peak at Rt ˜14.3 min) yielded 1.5 mg ofCompound 49. - Experimental Methods:
- HPLC: Gem5.met
- Column: Xterra™ RP18 (150×7.8 mm, 7μ)
- Flow Rate: 3 mL/min
- Detection: UV (205, 220 and 280 nm
- Solvent system:
Time (min.) H2O (%) ACN (%) 0.0 80 20 5.0 60 40 35.0 0 100 42.0 0 100 45.0 80 20 55.0 80 20
HPLC: Gem8n.met - Column: Xterra™ RP18 (300×19 mm, 7μ)
- Flow Rate: 14 mL/min
- Detection: UV @ 205, 220 and 277 nm
- Solvent system:
Time (min.) H2O (%) ACN (%) 0.0 80 20 5.0 55 45 50.0 0 100 65.0 0 100 70.0 80 20 85.0 80 20
Structure Elucidation: -
Compound 48's 1H-NMR and 13C-NMR assignments were made based on the analysis of their 2D-NMR experiments. The mass spectra showed a peak at m/z 313 corresponding to M+1 ion. The UV spectra showed a maximum absorption at λ218, 238 (sh), 277 and 326 nm. The 1H-NMR spectra run in CDCl3 reveals the presence of four olefinic protons [δ 8.01 (s), δ 7.39 (d, J=10 Hz), δ 6.94 (s), δ 6.29 (d, J=10 Hz)], four methyl groups [δ 2.29 (s), δ 1.69 (s), δ 1.60 (s), δ 1.57 (s)], one methoxy group at δ 3.99 (s) and one exchangeable proton at δ 7.22 (s). The 13C-NMR spectra run in CDCl3 showed signals for 19 carbons. Multiplicity information was obtained from the DEPT experiments. The olefinic proton at δ 7.39 COSY with the signal at δ 6.29. The magnitude of their coupling constant (J=10 Hz) is in agreement with the cis configuration. 2D-NMR experiments including COSY, HMQC and HMBC were performed in order to assign all proton and carbon signals (Table 3). 1H-13C correlations observed from the HMBC experiment are summarized inFIG. 1B . -
Compound 49's mass spectra showed a peak at m/z 329 corresponding to M+1 ion. The UV spectra showed a maximum absorption at λ 216,238 (sh), 277 and 327 nm. The 1H-NMR spectra run in CDCl3 reveals the presence of four olefinic protons [δ 8.21 (s), δ 7.38 (d, J=10 Hz), δ7.02 (s), δ 6.30 (d, J=10 Hz)], three methyl groups [δ 1.70 (s), δ 1.60 (s), δ 1.58 (s)], one methoxy group at δ 4.04 (s), one methylene group at δ 4.77 and one exchangeable proton at δ 7.21 (s). The 13C-NMR spectra run in CDCl3 showed signals for 19 carbons. Structure elucidation was performed by comparison of their 1H and 13C-NMR spectra withCompound 48. The difference appears to be in the aromatic ring where a methylene group is replacing a methyl group. NMR assignments are summarized in Table 4.TABLE 3 NMR Assignments of Compound 4813C-NMR 1H-NMR 1H-NMR Atom # (in CDCl3) (in CDCl3) (in MeOD) 1 150.6 7.39(1H,d,J=10Hz) 7.65(1H,d,J=10Hz) 2 128.4 6.29(1H,d,J=10Hz) 6.27(1H,d,J=10Hz) 3 202.7 — — 4 48.1 — — 5 133.1 — — 6 41.7 — — 7 148.8 — — 8 120.8 — — 9 179.0 — — 10 142.9 — — 11 105.7 6.94(1H,s) 7.24(1H,s) 12 162.6 — — 13 127.4 — — 14 129.3 8.01(1H,s) 7.92(3H,s) 15 26.3 1.60(3H,s) 1.58(3H,s) 16 21.1 1.69(3H,s) 1.67(3H,s) 17 38.9 1.57(3H,s) 1.56(3H,s) 18 55.7 3.99(3H,s) 4.02(3H,s) 19 15.9 2.29(3H,s) 2.26(3H,s) OH — 7.22(1H,s) — -
TABLE 4 NMR Assignments of Compound 4913C-NMR 1H-NMR 1H-NMR Atom # (in CDCl3) (in CDCl3) (in MeOD) 1 150.1 7.38(1H,d,J=10Hz) 7.67(1H,d,J=10Hz) 2 128.6 6.30(1H,d,J=10Hz) 6.30(1H,d,J=10Hz) 3 202.5 — — 4 48.1 — — 5 133.3 — — 6 41.9 — — 7 150.5 — — 8 121.3 — — 9 178.8 — — 10 142.9 — — 11 106.3 7.02(1H,s) 7.30(1H,s) 12 161.8 — — 13 129.8 — — 14 127.7 8.21(1H,s) 8.22(1H,s) 15 26.3 1.60(3H,s) 1.59(3H,s) 16 21.1 1.70(3H,s) 1.68(3H,s) 17 38.9 1.58(3H,s) 1.58(3H,s) 18 55.9 4.04(3H,s) 4.03(3H,s) 19 61.0 4.77(2H,s) 4.67(2H,s) 10-OH — 7.21(1H,s) — -
Compound 50 was synthesized as illustrated in Scheme 6 and summarized below. - Tetralone 51 was treated with methylmagnesium bromide, and the resulting alcohol was eliminated with hydrochloric acid to provide an alkene. The alkene was treated with m-chloroperbenzoic acid, and the resultant epoxide was treated with boron trifluoride to provide tetralone 52 (Murphy et al. J. Org. Chem., 1960, 25, 1386; Kuehne. J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1961, 83, 1492; Taylor; Chiang. Tetrahedron Lett., 1977, 1827). A Robinson's annelation was performed on tetralone 52 using a modified method (Shishido, K. et al. J. Org. Chem., 1994, 59, 406-414), and the resulting enone 53 was reduced by a Birch reduction to provide ketone 54. Enone 55 was obtained using known methods (Grieco et al., J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 5929-5936) followed by the methylation of the enone to provide Compound 56. Chromium(VI)oxide was used for the benzylic oxidation according to Rutledge (Cambie et al., P. S. Aust. J. Chem., 1998, 51, 931-940) to give ketone 56. The potassium enolate of ketone 56 was oxidized with oxygen, and the resultant 1,2-diketone formed was enolized in-situ to provide
Compound 50. - Synthesis of Compound 52
- Methylmagnesium bromide (100 mL; 3M solution; 300 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 7-methoxy-1-teralone 51 (25 g; 142 mmol) in THF (400 mL) at −78° C. The resultant mixture was heated to room temperature and stirred for three hours. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and water (60 mL) was added dropwise, followed by a solution of hydrochloric acid (60 mL conc. HCl and 30 mL water). The resultant solution was stirred at room temperature for one hour and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3×200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (100 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (400 mL) and cooled to 0° C., and to it was added m-chloroperbenzoic acid (38 g; 77%; 170 mmol). The resultant mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min and then quenched with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and a solution of saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (50 mL). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo to a final volume of 400 mL. The solution was cooled to 0° C., and to it was added boron trifluoride diethyletherate (0.9 mL; 7.1 mmol). After 15 min at 0° C. the reaction was quenched with a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (10% ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to provide Compound 52 (20 g, 74%) as a colorless oil.
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.46 (d, J=8 Hz, 3H), 2.53 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 3.48 (q, J=8 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.77 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 53
- To a stirred solution of potassium hydroxide (1.27 g; 22.7 mmol) in methanol (22 mL) and water (2.5 mL) at −15° C., was added, dropwise, Compound 52 (3.6 g; 18.9 mmol) in methanol (5 mL). After 30 min at −15° C., ethyl vinyl ketone (1.87 mL; 18.9 mmol) was added. The resultant solution was stirred 1 h at −15° C., heated at room temperature for 1 h and finally heated to 50° C. for 2 hrs. The methanol was removed in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (10% ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to provide Compound 53 (3.5 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid.
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.52 (s, 3H), 1.85 (s, 3H), 2.06 (m, 1H), 2.3-3.1 (m, 7H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.72 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 54
- To a stirred solution of lithium (948 mg; 136 mmol) in liquid ammonia (75 mL) at −78° C., was added dropwise a solution of Compound 53 (3.5 g; 13.6 mmol) and t-butanol (1.3 mL; 13.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL). After 1.5 hr at −78° C., isoprene (7 mL; 68 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was heated to room temperature to allow the ammonia to evaporate. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (50 mL) was added to the residue, and the resultant mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (10% ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to provide Compound 54 (1.64 g, 66%) as a white solid.
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.12 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.63 (m, 2H), 1.86 (m, 1H), 1.97 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 6.71 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 55
- Compound 54 was converted to Compound 55 using known methods (Grieco, et al. J. Org. Chem., 1998, 63, 5929-5936).
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.23 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.67 (m, 1H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.97 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 56
- To a stirred suspension of potassium hydride (492 mg; 30% dispersion in mineral oil; 3.69 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (8 mL) at 0° C., was added dropwise a solution of Compound 55 (315 mg; 1.23 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (9 mL). After 30 min at 0° C., freshly distilled iodomethane (0.765 mL; 12.3 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr and then quenched with a solution of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, decanted and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel (15% ethyl acetate in hexane eluent) to provide Compound 56 (240 mg, 54%).
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.89 (m, 2H), 2.14 (dd, J=11 Hz and 4 Hz, 1H), 2.88 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 6.00 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of
Compound 50 - To a stirred solution of Compound 56 (240 mg; 0.89 mmol) in acetic acid (6 mL) at 0° C., was added, before freezing of the acetic acid, a solution of chromium(VI) oxide (222 mg; 2.23 mmol) in acetic acid/water (1.2 mL/0.3 mL) dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min, and then water (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL), and the combined organic layers were washed with a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a short pad of silica gel, washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of potassium t-butoxide (300 mg; 2.67 mmol) in t-butanol (5.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (13 mL) at 0° C. The resultant solution was stirred at 0° C. under oxygen atmosphere (balloon) for 1 h and then quenched with a solution of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (10 mL). The resultant reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL), and the combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered through a short pad of silica gel, washed with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The resultant residue was triturated in cold ethanol (4 mL) and filtered to provide Compound 50 (130 mg, 49%) as a white solid.
- NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.59 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 6.27 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 8.20 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- NMR 13C (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 202.6, 179.0, 164.2, 150.8, 150.6, 143.0, 133.6, 130.1, 128.6, 121.6, 113.8, 111.0, 56.0, 48.4, 42.1, 39.3, 26.7, 21.5.
- MP: 167° C.-168° C.
- Synthesis of Compound 50a and Compound 50b
- Compound 50a and Compound 50b were synthesized as illustrated in Scheme 7.
- Synthesis of Compound 61
- Compound 61 was synthesized as described in Takahashi et al., Syn. Lett. 1999, 5, 6444-646; Corey, et al. J. Am. Chem Soc. 1997, 119, 9927-9928; and Rosales et al. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 1167-1170.
- To a solution of geraniol 57 (100 mol %; 5.0 mmole; 868 μL) in dry THF at −45° C. was added methanesulfonyl chloride (130 mol %; 6.5 mmole; 502 μL) and triethylamine (200 mol %; 10 mmole; 1.4 mL). The resultant solution was stirred at −45° C. for 45 min, then warmed to 0° C., at which point lithium chloride (400 mol %, 20 mmole, 848 mg as a solid) or lithium bromide (400 mol %, 20 mmole, 1.737 g as a solution in 8 mL of THF via cannula) was added. The resultant solution was stirred for 1 hr at 0° C. Water was added (50 mL), and the resultant mixture was extracted using hexane (2×30 mL). The combined organic solution was successively washed with saturated NaHCO3 and brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to provide crude allylic halides 58 and 59, which were used directly, without further purification, in the next step.
- To a solution of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (5 mol %; 50 μmol; 58 mg) in dry and freshly degassed THF was added allylic halide 58 or 59 (100 mol %; 1.0 mmole; 58: 217 mg; 59: 173 mg). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature (20° C.) for 5 min then cooled to 0° C. p-Methoxybenzyl magnesium chloride 60 (130 mol %; 1.3 mmole; 5.2 mL of a 0.25 M solution in THF) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (20° C., 58: 5 hrs; 59: 3 hrs). Water was added (20 mL), and the mixture was extracted using Et2O (2×10 mL). The combined organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude reaction product was dissolved in pentane and filtered through a pad of silica gel, the pad was further rinsed with CHCl3. The CHCl3 filtrate was evaporated and the resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-2% of EtOAc/Hexanes to obtain Compound 61 (162 mg; 63%). This reaction was also performed on larger scale using 3.0 mmole of allylic halide 58 to give 61 (517 mg; 65%).
- MH+/Z calc. for C18H27O1=259.21; LRMS found=259.27
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.59 (s, 3H); 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.72 (s, 3H); 1.99-2.13 (m, 4H); 2.26-2.34 (m, 2H); 2.58-2.85 (m, 2H); 3.80 (s, 3H); 5.09-5.14 (m, 1H); 5.17-5.22 (m, 1H); 6.81-6.86 (m, 2H); 7.08-7.26 (m, 2H).
- Synthesis of the Racemic Epoxide 63
- The racemic epoxide 0.63 was synthesized as described in Ceruti, M. et al. J. Med. Chem. 1998, 41, 540-554.
- To a solution of Compound 61 (100 mol %; 2.0 mmole; 517 mg) in THF (58 mL) at 0° C. was added water (50 mL) until the solution reached opalescence. The resultant mixture was stirred at 0° C., and N-bromosuccinimide (NBS; 110 mol %; 2.2 mmole; 392 mg) was added in portions over 10 min. Water was added during the addition to maintain opalescence of the solution. After the addition of NBS was completed the reaction mixture was stirred an additional 15 min at 0° C. and water was continuously added to maintain opalescence (total volume of water added: 20 mL). Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 was added (60 mL) and the resulting mixture was extracted using Et2O (3×60 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (60 mL) and brine (60 mL). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-6% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide a crude bromohydrin (487 mg; 69%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.34 (s, 3H); 1.34 (s, 3H); 1.54 (s, 3H); 1.76-1.84 (m, 1H); 1.93-1.99 (m, 1H); 2.12-2.16 (m, 2H); 2.27-2.34 (m, 2H); 2.59-2.65 (m, 2H); 3.80 (s, 3H); 3.92 (dd, J1=2.0 Hz, J2=11 Hz, 1H); 5.24-5.29 (m, 1H); 6.80-6.85 (m, 2H); 7.08-7.26 (m, 2H).
- To a suspension of K2CO3 (300 mol %; 3.6 mmole; 498 mg) in methanol (20 mL) was added freshly prepared crude bromohydrin, above (100 mol %; 1.2 mmole; 426 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (20° C.) for 2.5 hrs (reaction was monitored by TLC analysis). Water was added and the resultant mixture was extracted with Et2O (3×50 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using brine (2×50 mL). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-5% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide compound 63 (261 mg; 79%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.28 (s, 3H); 1.32 (s, 3H); 1.59 (s, 3H); 1.61-1.72 (m, 2H); 2.07-2.18 (m, 2H); 2.30 (dd, J1=7.2 Hz, J2=15 Hz, 2H); 2.60 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H); 2.70 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H); 3.79 (s, 3H); 5.21-5.26 (m, 1H); 6.80-6.84 (m, 2H); 7.08-7.13 (m, 2H).
- Synthesis of Chiral Diol 62b
- The chiral diol 62b was synthesized as discribed in Corey, et al. J. Am Chem Soc. 1997. 119, 9927-9928; and Crispino, G. A. et al. Synthesis 1993, 777-779
- To a mixture of 61 (100 mol %; 1.9 mmole; 500 mg) and chiral catalyst (1,4-bis(dihydroquinidinephthalazine) ((DHQD)2PHAL) for the synthesis of the R enantiomer or 1,4-bis(dihydroquininephthalazine) ((DHQD)2PHAL) for the synthesis of the S enantiomer (5 mol %; 96 μmol; 75.4 mg), in a 1:1 solution of water:tert-butanol (20 mL) at 0° C. was added potassium carbonate (300 mol %; 5.8 mmole; 800 mg), potassium ferricyanide (300 mol %; 5.8 mmole; 1.90 g), methanesulfonamide (100 mol %; 1.9 mmole; 184 mg), and potassium osmate dihydrate (1 mol %, 19 μmole; 7.1 mg). An additional 15 mL of the 1:1 solution of water:tert-butanol was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 4.5 hrs. Saturated aqueous Na2S2O3 (10 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (20° C.) for an additional 45 min. Evaporation of the volatiles on rotary evaporator (no heat) was followed by extraction using EtOAc (4×30 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with KOH (1M; 30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. Crude diol 62 was purified (first by precipitation of tetrol (overoxydation product) in Et2O followed by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-40% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide Compound 62a (184 mg; 33%) and Compound 62b (127 mg; 22%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.16 (s, 3H); 1.19 (s, 3H); 1.38-1.46 (m, 1H); 1.57 (s, 3H); 2.05-2.09 (m, 1H); 2.21-2.24 (m, 2H); 2.30 (dd, J=7.6 Hz, J2=15 Hz, 2H); 2.56-2.63 (m, 2H); 3.29 (dd, J=2.0 Hz, J2=11 Hz, 1H); 3.79 (s, 3H); 5.21-5.26 (m, 1H); 6.79-6.84 (m, 2H); 7.07-7.11 (m, 2H).
- Synthesis of Chiral Epoxide 63b
- The chiral epoxides 63a and 63b were synthesized as described in Corey, et al. J. Am. Chem Soc. 1997, 119, 9927-9928.
- The following example is for a synthesis of 63a, but the same procedure was used for synthesis of 63b except that chiral diol 62b was used in place of chiral diol 62a. To a solution of chiral diol 62a (100 mol %; 0.60 mmole; 175 mg) in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) at 0° C. was added pyridine (800 mol %; 4.8 mmole; 388 μL) and methanesulfonyl chloride (480 mol %; 2.8 mmole; 223 μL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min then for an additional 3 hrs at room temperature (20° C.). The solvent was evaporated by nitrogen gas circulation through the reaction flask. Methanol (12 mL) was added along with potassium carbonate (1667 mol %; 10 mmole; 1.44 g), and the resultant suspension was stirred at room temperature (20° C.) for 1-2 hrs (monitored by TLC analysis). Water (20 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted using Et2O (2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using dilute Cu(II) nitrate (2×20 mL), water (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). The organic solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. Crude epoxide 63 was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-2% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide Compound 63a (105 mg; 64% over two steps) and Compound 63b (70 mg 64% over two steps starting from 0.40 mmole of 62b).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.27 (s, 3H); 1.31 (s, 3H); 1.58 (s, 3H); 1.60-1.72 (m, 2H); 2.09-2.28 (m, 2H); 2.30-2.33 (m, 2H); 2.57-2.62 (m, 2H); 2.70 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H); 3.79 (s, 3H); 5.20-5.25 (m, 1H); 6.79-6.84 (m, 2H); 7.07-7.12 (m, 2H).
- Synthesis of Compound 64b
- Compounds 64a and 64b were synthesized as described in Corey, et al. J. Am. Chem Soc. 1997, 119, 9927-9928.
- The following example is for synthesis of Compound 64a, but the same procedure was used for synthesis of Compound 64b except that chiral epoxide 63b was used in place of chiral epoxide 63a. To a solution of chiral epoxide 63a (100 mol %; 0.38 mmole; 105 mg) in dichloromethane (3 mL) at −78° C. was added a solution of methylaluminum dichloride (120 mol %; 0.46 mmole; 460 μL of a 1M solution in hexanes) in dichloromethane (3 mL) cooled at −78° C. via cannula. The reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 4 hrs. Triethylamine (0.80 mL) and 1:1 water:methanol (0.80 mL) were added, the resultant mixture was poured onto half saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) and extracted using dichloromethane (10 mL) and Et2O (2×20 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using brine (30 mL). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The resultant residue was purified via column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-4% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide Compound 64a (52 mg; 50%) and 64b (38 mg, 56% starting from 0.25 mmole of 63b).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 0.91 (s, 3H); 1.09 (s, 3H); 1.22 (s, 3H); 1.25-1.30 (m, 1H); 1.44-1.62 (m, 1H); 1.67-1.94 (m, 4H); 2.25-2.32 (m, 1H); 2.74-2.96 (m, 2H); 3.29-3.34 (m, 1H); 3.78 (s, 3H); 6.68-6.69 (m, 1H); 6.78-6.79 (m, 1H); 6.95-6.98 (m, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 65b
- Compounds 65a and 65b were synthesized as described in Ley, S. V. et al.; Marsden S. P. Synthesis 1994, 639-666.
- The following example is for a synthesis of Compound 65a, but the same procedure was used for synthesis of Compound 65b except that Compound 64b was used in place of Compound 64a. To 4 Å dry powdered molecular sieves (121 mg) was added a solution of Compound 64a (100 mol %; 0.19 mmole; 52 mg) in dichloromethane (3 mL), 4-methylmorpholine N-oxide (200 mol %; 0.38 mmole; 45 mg), and tetrapropylammonium perruthenate (10 mol %; 19 μmole; 7.0 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (20° C.) for 1-2 hrs (monitored by TLC analysis). The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of silica gel, which was rinsed using 5% EtOAc/Hexanes (40 mL). The filtrate was discarded, and the silica gel was washed with 100% EtOAc (40 mL). The filtrate was evaporated to provide Compound 65a (52 mg; 99%) and Compound 65b (36 mg; 96% starting from 0.14 mmole of 64b).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.15 (s, 3H); 1.18 (s, 3H); 1.31 (s, 3H); 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H); 1.89-2.10 (m, 2H); 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.60-2.91 (m, 4H); 3.78 (s, 3H); 6.68-6.71 (m, 1H); 6.78-6.79 (m, 1H); 6.98-7.00 (m, 1H).
- Enantiomeric excess of Compound 65a and Compound 65b was for Compound 65a (R enantiomer)=21.57 min 97% ee. Retention time (Rt) for Compound 65b (S enantiomer)=21.57 min 92% ee.
- Synthesis Compound 56b
- Compounds 56a and 56b were synthesized as described in Poigny, S. et al., J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 5890-5894; and Ito, Y. et al. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 1011-1013.
- The following example is for a synthesis of Compound 56a, but the same procedure was used for synthesis of Compound 56b except that Compound 65b was used in place of Compound 65a. To a solution of Compound 65a (100 mol %; 0.23 mmole; 64 mg) in dichloromethane (4 mL) at 0° C. was added trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (200 mol %; 0.46 mmole; 84 μL), and the resulting mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 5 min. Triethylamine (250 mol %; 0.58 mmole; 81 μL) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr (monitored by TLC analysis). Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 was added (10 mL,) and the resultant mixture was extracted using Et2O (3×10 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed using brine (10 mL). The organic solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. Conversion of ketone 65a to its corresponding silyl enol ether appeared to be quantitative, and the silyl enol ether was used without further purification in the next step.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 0.00 (s, 9H); 0.75 (s, 3H); 0.87 (s, 3H); 1.03 (s, 3H); 1.41-1.45 (m, 2H); 1.56-1.61 (m, 1H); 1.92-1.98 (m, 1H); 2.21-2.29 (m, 1H); 2.51-2.67 (m, 2H); 3.54 (s, 3H); 4.51-4.54 (m, 1H); 6.42-6.45 (m, 1H); 6.56-6.57 (m, 1H); 6.71-6.74 (m, 1H).
- To a solution of the silyl enol ether above (100 mol % 0.23 mmole; 80 mg) in acetonitrile (4 mL) was added palladium (II) acetate (200 mol %; 0.47 mmole; 105 mg). The resultant reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 1 hr. Palladium (II) acetate (100 mol %; 0.23 mmole; 105 mg) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (20° C.) and stirred for 11.5 hrs, then stirred at reflux for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature (20° C.), filtered and evaporated. Crude enone 56a was purified via column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-4% EtOAc/Hexanes to provide Compound 56a (40 mg; 63%) and Compound 56b (40 mg; 65% starting from 0.23 mmole of 65b).
- Synthesis of Compound 50a and Compound 50b
- Compound 50a and Compound 50b were made from Compound 56a and 56b, respectively, according to the procedure, above, used to make
Compound 50 from Compound 56. Enantiomeric excess of Compound 50a and Compound 50b was measured using HPLC analysis with a chiral column (Chiralcel OD-RH, 4.6×150 mm): mobile phase A=100 mM KPF6 in water (pH2), mobile phase B=100% acetonitrile, isocratic 40% acetonitrile 60% water at 0.5 mL/min over 60 min,column temperature 30° C., on a Waters Alliance HPLC System 2795 using a PDA detector (200 to 600 nm). Retention time (Rt) for Compound 50a (R enantiomer)=67.25min 95% ee. Retention time (Rt) for Compound 50b (S enantiomer)=70.92 min 93% ee. - Synthesis of Compound 66, 67, 68 and 69
- Compounds 66, 67, 68 and 69 were synthesized according to the method used to synthesize
Compound 50, except: -
- for Compound 66, ethyl iodide was used instead of iodomethane;
- for Compound 67, propenyl iodide was used instead of iodomethane;
- for Compound 68, benzyl iodide was used instead of iodomethane; and
- for Compound 69, CH3CH2C(O)C(═CH2)C(O)OCH3 was used instead of ethyl vinyl ketone.
- Synthesis of
Compound 70 -
Compound 70 was synthesized according to the method used to synthesizeCompound 50, except that twice as much chromium(VI) oxide was used and that the corresponding oxidation was performed at 80° C. -
- Synthesis of Compound 52
- For a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also: Selwood, D. L.; Challand, S. R.; Champness, J. N.; Gillam, J.; Hibberd, D. K.; Jandu, K. S.; Lowe, D.; Pether, M.; Selway, J.; Trantor, G. E. J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36, 3503-3510. Referring to Scheme 8, to a stirred solution of methylmagnesium iodide (3 M solution in diethyl ether; 130 mol %; 300 mmole; 100 mL) in diethyl ether (100 mL, dry) and toluene (40 mL, dry) is added 7-methoxy-1-tetralone (51, solid; 100 mol %; 231 mmole; 40.67 g) at such a rate as to maintain a steady (but gentle) reflux. After addition of the solid is complete, the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux for 1.5 h. When the reaction is complete (monitored by TLC analysis), a solution of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (100 mL) is added very slowly over a time-period of ca. five minutes. The mixture is transferred into a separatory funnel and extracted using diethyl ether (50 mL). The organic layer is separated and washed successively using, water (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The diethyl ether is then concentrated in vacuo taking care to leave the toluene in the flask. Toluene is added if needed to adjust volume at 80 mL. p-Toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.5 mol %; 1.1 mmole; 203 mg) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at reflux using a Dean Stark trap for 1 h. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and washed using saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate. At this point the volume of the organic phase is approximately 75 mL (of toluene). Hexanes are added (80 mL), the mixture is filtered through a pad of silica gel and rinsed using hexanes (2×80 mL). The combined filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to give 31.2 g; 179 mmole; 77% of 71. This product is taken directly to the next step.
- 3-Chloroperoxybenzoic acid (m-CPBA, 77%; 150 mol %; 270 mmole; 60.52 g) and potassium carbonate (200 mol %; 360 mmol; 50 g) are added to a solution of 71 (100 mol %; 179 mmole; 31.2 g) in dichloromethane (510 mL) at 0° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 3 h (after this time an additional 25 mol % of m-CPBA can be added if needed and the mixture stirred for an additional 1 h). When the reaction appears complete (TLC analysis), the mixture is pored onto 200 mL of ice cold water, saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) is added along with saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate (100 mL), the organic layer is separated and conserved (i). The aqueous layer is further extracted with dichloromethane (2×200 mL; ii). The combined organic layers (i+ii) are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and reduced down to a volume of 400 mL (of dichloromethane). Boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (1.00 mol %; 2.00 mmole; 0.25 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL) is added, the organic layer is separated and conserved (iii). The aqueous layer is further extracted with dichloromethane (2×100 mL; iv). The combined organic layers (iii+iv) are washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil is loaded on a pad of silica gel and eluted using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes (500 mL) to give 52 (30.1 g, 88%, 68% over two steps). The product obtained (52, either an oil or a solid) can be crystallized in diethyl ether (˜1 mL/g) at −78° C. until some crystals form (1 to 2 h) and then in the freezer (−20° C.) overnight to give 52 as white crystals (26.3 g, 60% from starting 7-methoxy-1-tetralone).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.48 (d, J=7 Hz, 3H); 2.43-2.67 (m, 2H); 3.01-3.06 (m, 2H); 3.47-3.54 (m, 1H); 3.81 (s, 3H); 6.74-6.77 (m, 2H); 7.13 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 53
- Racemic Robinson Annelation:
- To a stirred solution of potassium hydroxide (120 mol %; 22.7 mmole; 1.27 g) in methanol (22 mL) and water (2.5 mL) at −15° C., is added, dropwise, 3 (100 mol %; 18.9 mmole; 3.6 g) in methanol (5 mL). After 30 min at −15° C., ethyl vinyl ketone (freshly distilled, 100 mol %; 18.9 mmole; 1.87 mL) is added and the resulting solution is stirred 1 hr at −15° C., then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h, followed by heating at 50° C. for 2 hrs. The methanol is removed by rotary evaporation and the residue is dissolved in water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated by rotary evaporation. The residue is purified by column chromatography over silica gel and eluted using 10% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 53 (3.5 g, 72%) as a pale yellow solid. This procedure was repeated on larger scale, using 13 g of 52, to give 16 g; 94% of 53.
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.54 (s, 3H); 1.85 (s, 3H); 2.06-2.13 (m, 1H); 2.33-2.99 (m, 7H); 3.81 (s, 3H); 6.72 (dd, J=9 Hz and 3 Hz, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.04 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 53a and Compound 53b
- The following experimental procedure is an example for the synthesis of 53a (for a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also: Selwood, D. L.; Challand, S. R.; Champness, J. N.; Gillam, J.; Hibberd, D. K.; Jandu, K. S.; Lowe, D.; Pether, M.; Selway, J.; Trantor, G. E. J. Med. Chem. 1993, 36, 3503-3510). The same procedure can be followed using (S)-(−)-α-methylbenzylamine as chiral inducer for synthesis of 53b.
- Chiral Robinson Annelation:
- (R)-(+)-α-Methylbenzylamine (110 mol %; 23.1 mmole; 2.94 g) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (1.6 mol %; 336 μmole; 64 mg) are added to a solution of 7-methoxy-1-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-naphthalen-2-one (52) in toluene (30 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred at reflux using a Dean Stark trap for 5 hrs. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature, the toluene is removed by rotary evaporation, and the oily residue is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (26 mL). Ethyl vinyl ketone (freshly distilled, 140 mol %; 29.4 mmole; 2.93 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 hrs. A solution of acetic acid (20% aqueous, 32 mL) is then added and the resulting mixture is stirred for an additional 1 h. After removal of the volatiles by rotary evaporation, the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed successively using: saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2×50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in methanol (30 mL), sodium methoxide (97 mol %; 20.4 mmole; 1.39 g) is added and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 3.5 hrs. The methanol is removed by rotary evaporation (careful: foaming), the residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed successively using: water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil is purified by column chromatography over silica gel and eluted using a gradient of 0-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes, to give 53a (4.04 g; 15.8 mmole, 75%, determined to be 74% ee by chiral HPLC). Crystallization in diethyl ether:hexanes 1:1 followed by recrystallization in diethyl ether gave material of >99% ee (determined by chiral HPLC).
- Enantiomeric excess was determined using HPLC analysis with a chiral column (Chiralcel™ OD-RH, 4.6×150 mm): mobile phase isocratic 40
% acetonitrile 60% water at 0.5 mL/min over 70 min,column temperature 25° C., on a Waters Alliance HPLC System 2795 using a PDA detector (200 to 600 nm). - 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.54 (s, 3H); 1.85 (s, 3H); 2.06-2.13 (m, 1H); 2.33-2.99 (m, 7H); 3.81 (s, 3H); 6.72 (dd, J=9 Hz and 3 Hz, 1H); 6.84 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.04 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 65
- Birch Reduction/Alkylation,
Method 1 - Robinson annelation product 53 (100 mol %; 3.90 mmole; 1.0 g) is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (25 mL) at −78° C. (under nitrogen). Water (100 mol %; 3.90 mmole; 70 μL) is added along with ammonia (20 mL). Lithium metal (wire, 225 mol %; 8.80 mmole; 61 mg) is introduced carefully and the clear solution slowly turns blue. Stirring is continued until reduction appears complete by TLC analysis. When reduction is complete the reaction is warmed to −20° C. and the ammonia is allowed to evaporate. When most of the ammonia is gone, the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min, then cooled to 0° C. and iodomethane (500 mol %; 19.5 mmole; 1.21 mL) is added. The reaction is stirred for 30 min at room temperature and for 3 hrs at reflux. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool and is then quenched with an ammonium chloride solution (saturated aqueous, 30 mL), water is added and the mixture is extracted using dichloromethane (2×40 mL). The organic layers are combined and washed using a sodium thiosulfate solution (saturated aqueous, 30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give crude 65 as an oily residue. The product is purified by column chromatography on silica gel using a gradient of 0-3% of ethyl acetate in hexanes. The product thus obtained is crystallized from diethyl ether: hexanes 4: 1 at −78° C. to give 65 (246 mg, 23%).
- Synthesis of Compound 65
- Birch Reduction/Alkylation, Method 2
- For a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also Majetich, G.; Liu, S.; Fang, J.; Siesel, D.; Zhang, Y. J. Org. Chem. 1997, 62, 6928-6951. Lithium wire is added (cut in small pieces, 1000 mol %; 137 mmole; 948 mg) to ammonia (200 mL) at −78° C., the resulting blue solution is stirred at −78° C. for 15 min. A solution of 6-methoxy-1,4a-dimethyl-4,4a,9, 10-tetrahydro-3H-phenanthren-2-one (53, 100 mol %; 13.7 mmole; 3.50 g) in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) and 2-methyl-2-propanol (100 mol %; 13.7 mmole; 1.28 mL) is added via cannula over 10 min, the flask containing this solution is rinsed using tetrahydrofuran (40 mL), and the liquid is transferred to the reaction mixture via cannula and the resulting solution is stirred at −78° C. for 45 min. Iodomethane (2000 mol %; 273 mmole; 17 mL) is added slowly, and the reaction mixture is stirred at −78° C. for an additional 3 h. The reaction is quenched with an ammonium chloride solution (saturated aqueous, 150 mL) and the mixture is extracted using diethyl ether (3×100 mL). The organic layers are combined and washed successively using: water (2×100 mL), a sodium thiosulfate solution (saturated aqueous, 200 mL), an hydrochloric acid solution (0.25 N, 150 mL), and brine (200 mL). The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give crude 65. Purification over silica gel using a gradient of 0-5% of ethyl acetate in hexanes gave 65 (1.72 g, 46%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (Ppm) 1.15 (s, 3H); 1.18 (s, 3H); 1.31 (s, 3H); 1.77-1.84 (m, 2H); 1.89-2.10 (m, 2H); 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H); 2.60-2.91 (m, 4H); 3.78 (s, 3H); 6.68-6.71 (m, 1H); 6.78-6.79 (m, 1H); 6.98-7.00 (m, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 56b
- The following example illustrates the synthesis of Compound 56b (4aS, 10 aS; for a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also Paquette, L. A.; Ross, R. J.; Springer, J. P. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1988, 110, 6192-6204). The same procedure can be used for the preparation of racemic 56 and enantiomer 56a (4aR, 10aR).
- To a stirred solution of 65b (100 mol %, 4.21 mmole; 1.15 g) at 0° C. in dichloromethane (100 mL), trimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (200 mol %; 8.41 mmol; 1.52 mL) is added and this mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 10 minutes. Triethylamine (250 mol %; 10.5 mmol; 1.46 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 h (monitoired by TLC analysis). A solution of sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous, 100 mL) is added and the resulting mixture is extracted using diethyl ether (2×100 mL). The organic layers are combined and washed with brine (100 mL). The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude oil is dissolved in THF (50 mL) followed by addition of N-bromosuccinimide (110 mol %; 4.63 mmole; 825 mg). The mixture is stirred 20 min at room temperature, after which, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (2400 mol %; 100 mmole; 15 mL) is added and the resulting mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. A solution of ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous, 100 mL) is added to the cooled reaction mixture. The resulting solution is extracted using diethyl ether (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed successively using a solution of NH4Cl (saturated aqueous, 2×100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Crude 56b is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 3% of ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 56b (754 mg, 66%).
- 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.20 (s, 3H); 1.22 (s, 3H); 1.42 (s, 3H); 1.84-1.94 (m, 2H); 2.16 (dd, J=11 Hz and 4 Hz, 1H); 2.87-2.96 (m, 2H); 3.82 (s, 3H); 6.00 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 6.73 (dd, J=8 Hz and 3 Hz, 1H); 6.93 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.04 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H); 7.56 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 50a
- The following example illustrates the synthesis of Compound 50a (4aR)(for a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also Cambie, R. C.; Mitchell, L. H. and Rutledge, P. S. Aust. J. Chem., 1998, 51, 931-940). The same procedure can be used for the preparation of racemic 56 and enantiomer 50b (4aS). To a stirred solution of 56a (100 mlo %; 4.44 mmole; 1.20 g) in acetic acid (38 mL) at 7° C., is added, before freezing of the acetic acid, a solution of chrominium(VI) oxide (250 mol %; 11.1 mmole; 1.11 g) in a mixture of acetic acid (12 mL) and water (3.0 mL), dropwise over 10 min. The reaction mixture is stirred at 7° C. for 2 h before water (30 mL) was added along with solid sodium chloride (500 mg). The resulting mixture is extracted using diethyl ether (5×50 mL), the organic layers are combined and washed with a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5×50 mL). The combined aqueous layers are back-extracted using diethyl ether (50 mL), the organic layers are combined and dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of potassium tert-butoxide (310 mol %; 14.0 mmole; 28 mL of a 0.5 M solution in 2-methyl-2-propanol) and tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) at 0° C. The solution is stirred at 0° C. under oxygen atmosphere (balloon) for 1.5 hr. and then quenched with a solution of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL). The resulting mixture is extracted using ethyl acetate (3×50 mL), and the combined organic layers are dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-10% of ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 50a (655 mg, 50%). Enantiomeric excess from annelation product (53) is conserved as determined by chiral HPLC. However, crystallization in diethyl ether: hexanes 4:1 or methanol:water 4:1 can afford enantioenriched material if required (determined by chiral HPLC).
- Enantiomeric excess is determined using HPLC analysis with a chiral column (Chiralcel™ OD-RH, 4.6×150 mm): mobile phase isocratic 40
% acetonitrile 60% water at 0.5 mL/min over 70 min,column temperature 25° C., on a Waters Alliance HPLC System 2795 using a PDA detector (200 to 600 nm). - 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.57 (s, 3H); 1.59 (s, 3H); 1.69 (s, 3H); 3.95 (s, 3H); 6.27 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 7.00 (dd, J=9 Hz and 2 Hz, 1H); 7.08 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.20 (s, 1H); 7.37 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.20 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- 13C NMR (75 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 202.6, 179.0, 164.2, 150.8, 150.6, 143.0, 133.6, 130.1, 128.6, 121.6, 113.8, 111.0, 56.0, 48.4, 42.1, 39.3, 26.7, 21.5.
- MP: 167° C.-168° C.
-
- Synthesis of
Compound 75 - Referring to Scheme 9, lithium aluminum hydride (78 mol %; 0.052 mmole; 2 mg) is added slowly to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.067 mmole; 20 mg) in dry tetrahydrofuran (3 ml) at 0° C., the mixture is stirred for 20 min. Ethyl acetate (25 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed with a solution of ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous, 2×15 ml). The organic layer is dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 75 (2 mg, 10%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 0.71 (s, 3H); 1.20 (s, 3H); 1.53 (s, 3H); 3.27 (s, 1H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 6.16 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 6.85 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 6.96 (m, 1H); 7.19 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.19 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 76
- Boron tribromide-methylsulfide complex (500 mol %; 1.00 mmole, 312 mg) is added to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.201 mmole; 60 mg,) in dichloroethane (8 ml), the mixture is heated at reflux for 16 h. Ethyl acetate (40 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed successively with HCl 1N (20 ml) and brine (20 ml). The organic layer is dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 10-35% % ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 76 (21 mg, 37%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.49 (s, 3H); 1.52 (s, 3H); 1.62 (s, 3H); 5.49 (s, 1H); 6.19 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 6.85 (m, 1H); 7.00 (s, 1H); 7.10 (s; 1H); 7.28 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.07 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 77
- Benzeneselenic anhydride (100 mol %; 0.033 mmole; 12 mg) is added to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.033 mmole; 10 mg) in toluene (1 ml) and the mixture is heated at reflux for 5 min. Ethyl acetate (10 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed successively with HCl 1N (5 ml) and brine (5 ml). The organic layer is dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 15-35% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 77 (5 mg, 50%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.45 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H); 1.65 (s, 3H); 2.58 (s, 1H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 6.19 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 6.94 (m, 1H); 7.01 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.20 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.18 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 78
- Sodium borohydride (78 mol %; 0.052 mmole; 2 mg) is added slowly to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.067 mmole; 20 mg) in methanol (3 ml) at 0° C. The mixture is stirred 20 min. Ethyl acetate (25 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed with a solution of ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous, 2×15 ml). The organic layer is dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 78 (13 mg, 65%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.32 (s, 3H); 1.55 (s, 3H); 1.59 (s, 3H); 2.10 (m, 1H); 2.47 (m, 1H); 2.79 (t, J=9 Hz, 2H); 3.90 (s, 3H); 6.96 (m, 2H); 7.12 (s, 1H); 8.16 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 79
- Selectfluor™ (100 mol %; 0.033 mmole; 12 mg) is added to a solution of compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.033 mmole; 10 mg) in acetonitrile (2 ml) and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Ethyl acetate (10 ml) is added to the mixture and the organic layer is washed with a solution of ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous, 2×15 ml). The organic layer is dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 5-15% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the desired product 79 (7 mg, 67%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) 1.35 (s, 3H); 1.61 (s, 3H); 1.66 (s, 3H); 3.98 (s, 3H); 6.19 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 7.07 (m, 1H); 7.25 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.62 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.12 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- 6.5 Synthesis of Pro-Drugs:
Compound 72, 73, and 74 -
- Synthesis of Compound 72
- For a description of synthetic methods employed in this example, see also Mäntylä, A.; Gamier, T.; Rautio J.; Nevalainen T.; Vepsälainen, J.; Koskinen, A.; Croft S. L.; Järvinen T.: J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 188-195. Sodium hydride (200 mol %; 0.200 mmole; 10.0 mg) is added to a stirred solution of compound 7 (100 mol %; 0.100 mmole; 30.0 mg,) in THF (10 mL) at 0° C., and the reaction mixture is stirred at 0° C. for 30 min. Referring to Scheme 9, diethyl chlorophosphate is added and the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature overnight. The reaction is quenched with water (10 mL), the resulting mixture is extracted using ethyl acetate (20 mL). The organic layer is washed with a solution of sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous, 20 mL). The combined aqueous solutions are extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL). The combined organic phases are dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Crude diethyl phosphate 72 is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 30-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give pure 72 (31.1 mg, 71%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm): 1.42 (m, 6H); 1.57 (s, 3H): 1.64 (s, 3H); 1.72 (s, 3H); 3.96 (s, 3H); 4.30-4.45 (m, 4H): 6.33 (d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H); 7.10 (dd, J=8.8 Hz and 2.4 Hz, 1H); 7.31 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H); 7.60 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 8.11 (d, J=8.8 Hz 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 73b
- The following example can be used for the synthesis of 73b (4bS). The same procedure can be used for the synthesis of racemic 73 and enantiomer 73a (4bR). Freshly prepared chlorodibenzyl phosphate is obtained as follows: dibenzyl phosphate (200 mol %; 1.31 mmole; 366 mg) is dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL), oxalyl chloride (200 mol %; 1.31 mmole; 120 μL) is added to the solution followed by two drops of N,N-dimethylformamide, the resulting solution is stirred for 45 min at room temperature, and then concentrated in vacuo. Dichloromethane (20 mL) is added to the solution which is concentrated again in vacuo. The chlorodibenzyl phosphate is dissolved in a minimum of dichloromethane (1 mL) and this solution is added to a stirred solution of compound 50b (100 mol %; 0.66 mmole; 196 mg) and sodium hydride (200 mol %; 1.31 mmole; 55 mg) in N,N-dimethylformamide (20 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 hr and a solution of sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous, 75 mL) is added. The mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate (2×75 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×75 mL) and water (2×75 mL). The organic solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Crude 73b is purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 40-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give pure 73b (357.1 mg, 97
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm): 1.56 (s, 3H); 1.60 (s, 3H); 1.70 (s, 3H); 3.94 (s, 3H); 5.30 (m, 4H); 6.30 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 7.02 (m, 2H); 7.40 (m, 11H); 8.23 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
- Synthesis of Compound 74b
- The following example can be used for the synthesis of 74b (4bS). The same procedure can be used for the synthesis of racemic 74 and enantiomer 74a (4bR). To a stirred solution of 74b (100 mol %; 0.637 mmole; 357.1 mg) in dichloromethane (10 mL), 3 drops of water are added followed by trifluoroacetic acid (10 mL). The mixture is stirred for 2 hr at room temperature (monitored by TLC analysis). The solution is concentrated in vacuo, dichloromethane (20 mL) is added and again the solution is concentrated in vacuo. Diethyl ether (15 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is extracted with water (75 mL, HPLC grade). The aqueous layer is washed with diethyl ether (2×15 mL) and 5% methanol in ethyl acetate (10 mL) and then lyophilized. Crude 74b is purified by column chromatography over C18-reverse phase silica gel using a gradient 0-10% acetonitrile in water. The corresponding fractions are lyophilized to give pure 74b (132 mg, 53%).
- 1H NMR (300 MHz, D2O): δ (ppm): 1.46 (s, 3H); 1.49 (s, 3H); 1.59 (s, 3H); 3.82 (s, 3H); 6.23 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 6.96 (dd, J=9 and 2 Hz, 1H); 7.16 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.50 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H); 7.92 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H).
-
- Synthesis of
Compound 80 and Compound 81 Glutathione (γ-Glu-Cys-Gly, also called GSH; 970 mol %; 0.651 mmole; 200 mg) is added to a stirred solution of Compound 50 (100 mol %; 0.0671 mmole; 20.0 mg) in acetonitrile:aqueous phosphate buffer (0.1M, pH 7.4) 1:1 (6 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 16 h, the volatiles are removed by rotary evaporation and the remaining aqueous mixture is lyophilized. The product is purified on a C18 cartridge using a gradient of 0-100% acetonitrile in water, the fractions containing the desired product are combined, the volatiles are removed by rotary evaporation and the remaining aqueous solution is lyophilized to give 30.3 mg, 75% of Compound 81. Product is reported has a mixture of diastereoisomers: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) 1.35 (s, 3H); 1.36 (s, 3H); 1.46 (s, 3H); 1.46 (s, 3H; overlap with previous); 1.58 (s, 3H); 1.61 (s, 3H); 1.85-3.29 (m, 16H); 3.44-3.50 (m, 2H); 3.68-3.77 (m, 2H); 3.84 (s, 3H); 3.86 (s, 3H); 3.82-3.93 (m, 2H); 4.15 (dd, J=4 Hz and 10 Hz, 2H); 4.34 (dd, J=6 Hz and 9 Hz, 2H); 6.91 (t, J=2 Hz, 1H); 6.94 (t, J=3 Hz, 1H); 7.14 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.21 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.96 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H); 7.98 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H). - The same procedure can be used for the preparation of
Compound 80 using N-acetyl-cysteine (913 mol %; 0.613 mmole; 100 mg) to give 22.7 mg, 73% of the desired compound, after purification. Product is reported has a mixture of diastereoisomers: 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-D6): δ (ppm) 1.51 (s, 3H); 1.52 (s, 3H); 1.55 (s, 3H); 1.55 (s, 3H; overlap with previous); 1.67 (s, 3H); 1.69 (s, 3H); 1.82 (s, 3H); 1.93 (s, 3H); 2.63-3.37 (m, 8H); 3.97 (s, 3H); 3.99 (s, 3H); 4.16 (dd, J=6 Hz and 8 Hz, 2H); 4.43-4.60 (m, 2H); 7.02-7.06 (m, 2H); 7.14 (dd, J=3 Hz and 5 Hz, 1H); 7.15 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H); 7.37 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.44 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H); 7.87 (s, 1H); 7.88 (s, 1H); 8.07 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H); 8.07 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H; overlap with previous). - 6.7 Solubility of
Phosphate Pro-Drug Compound 74 - Material and Methods
- To determine whether a compound is soluble in a solution, the solution was filtered on 0.2 μM polytetrafluoroethylene filters (Whatman Inc. Clifton, N.J., USA) and the compound concentration in the filtrate was measured by LC/MS and compared to the expected concentration. If the concentration of the compound in the filtrate was equal +/−15% to the expected concentration, the compound was judged to be soluble in the solution.
- The detection of
Compound 74 orCompound 50 by LC/MS was carried out using the HPLC system that consisted of a Waters Alliance quaternary gradient HPLC pump (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA) and a ZQ2000 single quadrupole mass spectrometer (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA). The column used was XTerra MS C18: 50×2.1 mm, 3.5 mm column at 20° C. Samples were injected and separated under the following conditions: The mobile phase “A” consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in water and mobile phase “B” consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in methanol. A linear gradient was applied as follows: 0 to 1 min, 94% “A” and 6% “B”; 1 to 4 min, 6% to 100% “B”; 4 to 8min 100% “B”; 8 to 9 min, 100% “B” to 6% “B”; 9 to 12 min, 94% “A” and 6% “B”. The Mass Spectrometer system consisted of a Waters ZQ2000 single quadrupole mass spectrometer (Waters, Milford, Mass., USA) equipped with an Electrospray Ionization Source (ES). The mass detector was operated in positive ion mode (ES+) and Selected Ion Recording mode (SIR). Compounds were detected at m/z equal to their respective molecular weight plus 1. - Results and Discussion
- Without being bound by theory, the addition of a phosphate increases the solubility of a poorly soluble compounds. Even though, the phosphate prevents the compound from entering cells, the phosphate moiety is gradually removed by alkaline phosphatase in the plasma. Hence, the compound to which a phosphate is added is a pro-drug. For example,
Compound 74 is the phosphate pro-drug ofCompound 50. The solubility ofcompound Compound 50 is less than 0.1 mg/mL whereas the solubility ofCompound 74 in water is equal or greater to 10 mg/mL. In vivo, because the phosphate is not removed instantly by alkaline phosphatase, the pro-drug has the time to disperse itself in the total blood volume. As the phosphate group is removed, the liberated drug is distributed in the tissue and enters the cells. Hence; the less soluble drug does not precipitate in the blood. The advantage of a pro-drug is that it can be injected in a smaller volume because it can be formulated at high concentration in aqueous solution. - 6.8 The Conversion of
Phosphate Pro-Drug Compound 74 into its Biologically Active Counterpart by Alkaline Phosphatases In Vitro - The conversion into biologically active drug of phosphate pro-drugs by human placental alkaline phosphatase was measured in vitro using purified enzymes. Purified human placental alkaline phosphatase (Sigma-Aldrich Canada Ltd. Oakville, Ontario, Canada) was added at a concentration of 0.02 U/100 μL to a solution containing 15 μM of phosphate pro-drug, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 and 0.9% NaCl. The solutions were incubated for 10, 20 or 30 minutes. A solution containing 15 μM of phosphate pro-drug, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 and 0.9% NaCl was used a reference (time=0 minutes). To each solution, an equal volume (100 μL) of ice-cold acetonitrile was added, and then the mixture was vortexed and transferred to glass vials. A standard concentration curve of the pro-drug and the drug was prepared in 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 0.45% NaCl and 50% acetonitrile. All samples were immediately analyzed by LC/MS.
- As shown on
FIG. 8 , human placental alkaline phosphatase, can convert a fraction of thepro-drug Compound 74 present in solution into thedrug Compound 50 within thirty minutes. - The ability of
Compound 48 to selectively induce apoptosis in a variety of cancer cells is described below. - A wide range of anticancer agents, including chemotherapeutic agents, induces apoptosis in malignant cells in vitro. Without being bound by theory, apoptosis is a regulated process manifested by the activation of proteolytic cleavages resulting mostly from the action of a unique family of cysteine-proteases called caspases. To demonstrate the ability of
Compound 48 to trigger caspase activation, lysates of cells treated with various concentrations of theCompound 48 were prepared. In particular, H 1299 non-small cell lung carcinoma cells, C33A cervical carcinoma cells, Mrc-5 normal lung fibroblasts (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. USA) and HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, Calif., USA) were maintained in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA). Cells were harvested and suspended at 0.6×106 cells/mL in media. A 45 μL aliquot of cell-suspension was added to each well of a 96-well microtiter plate (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA). Cells were incubated overnight in a 5% CO2, 95% humidity incubator at 37° C. and then, 5 μL of a 10% dimethyl sulfoxide (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA) solution containing various concentrations ofCompound - To demonstrate the caspase activity in the cell lysates, 0.35 μg of N-terminal biotinylated EGKRKGDEVDGVPDRRASV peptide (Phoenix Pharmaceuticals Inc, Belmont, Calif. USA) was labeled with 1 mCi of 32P-γATP (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA) using 250 units of Protein Kinase A catalytic subunit from bovine heart (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA) in 500 μL of HMK buffer (20 mM pH 7.5 Tris-HCl; 0.1 M NaCl; 12 mM MgCl2; 1 mM DTT) at 37° C. for one hour. The reaction was then filtered using Sephadex G-10 Poly-Prep chromatography column (Amersham Biosciences, Inc, Piscataway, N.J., USA). The labeled peptide was coupled to 1.25 mL of streptavidin sepharose beads (Amersham Biosciences, Inc, Piscataway, N.J., USA) during 15 minutes at room temperature on a rotary mixer. The beads were washed seven times with 6 mL of 0.5M NaCl in PBS and resuspended in a total volume of 7.25 mL of 0.5 M NaCl PBS solution to which 9 mL of RPMI 1640 media was added. 96-well 0.45 μm MultiScreen-HV filter plates (Millipore, Bedford, Mass USA) were then prewetted with 200 μL of 0.5M NaCl in PBS and 40 μL of beads suspension was added to each well. Each well was washed five times with 200 μL of 0.5 M NaCl in PBS. In each well, 50 μL of cell lysate was added together with 12.5 μL of 0.5 M NaCl in 30% glycerol solution to each well. The plates were incubated at 30 C with shaking at 220 rpm overnight. On the next day, the filter plates containing the beads and the extract were placed on top of 96-well sample plates (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA) containing 100 μL of Optiphase SuperMix liquid scintillant fluid (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA) in each well and centrifuged at 1500 rpm for 10 minutes at room temperature. The number of radioactive counts per minute (cpm) in each well of the sample plate was measured using a liquid scintillation counter (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA). The potency of caspase cascade activation was determined by the percentage increase in cpm in wells compared to cells treated with dimethyl sulfoxide only. Values two fold higher (200%) than control were considered positive and demonstrated that the compound triggered caspase activation in the cells.
- As depicted in
FIG. 2 , results showed that caspases were activated in the cancer cell lines H1299 and C33A and not in the normal cell line following 16 hours incubation with 1.6 μM ofCompound 48. These results demonstrate thatCompound 48 induces apoptosis selectively in cancer cells and is useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly lung or cervical cancer. - To demonstrate the effect of
Compound 48 on cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured followingCompound 48 treatment. H1299 non-small cell lung carcinoma cells, C33A cervical carcinoma cells, Mrc-5 normal lung fibroblasts (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va. USA) and HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, Calif., USA) were cultured in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal calf serum (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA). The four cells lines were plated in 96-well microtiter plates (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, Mass. USA) at a confluency that allowed them to reach confluence after 4 days of growth. One day after plating, the cells were treated either with 10 μM etoposide, 100 nM staurosporine or 1.6 μM ofCompound 48. Stock solutions of each compound were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (Sigma-Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Mo. USA), diluted in media then added to the cells. The total dimethyl sulfoxide on the cells was 1%. After 3 days of incubation, the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using the luminescent ViaLight detection system (Bio-Whittaker, MD, USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at 100. - As depicted in
FIG. 3 ,Compound 48 has a significantly greater effect on the ATP levels in cancer cells than in normal cells. After 72 hours, treatment with 1.6KM Compound 48 was significantly more effective at lowering ATP levels in cells of the cancer cell line H1299 and C33A compared with cells of the lines HMEC and MRC-5. Control compounds were tested to illustrate the significance of this effect. The anti-cancer drug etoposide as well asCompound 48, but not the protein kinase inhibitor staurosporine, are selectively cytotoxic towards cancer cells, particularly lung and cervical cancer. These results demonstrate thatCompound 48 is selectively cytotoxic to cancer cells and is useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly lung or cervical cancer. - To demonstrate the effect of Compounds 50a and 50b, respectively, on cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating cell lines with each compound. The following cell lines were used: A549 human non-small cell lung carcinoma; C33A human cervical carcinoma; H1299 human non-small cell lung carcinoma; Hep-3B human hepatocellular carcinoma; MIA-Paca-2 human pancreatic carcinoma; PC-3 human prostatic adenocarcinoma (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA); HMEC normal human mammary epithelial cells; HUVEC normal human umbilical vein endothelial cells; and NHBE normal human bronchial epithelial cells (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA). All tumor cell lines were cultured in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone, Logan, Vt., USA), 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin and 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif., USA). HMEC, HUVEC and NHBE cell lines were cultured in MEGM, EGM-2 and BEGM media, respectively (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA). The cell lines were plated in 96-well microtitre plate at a density of 2-4×103 cells per well. After 16 hours, the cells were treated with various concentrations of Compound 50a or Compound 50b. Stock solutions of Compound 50a and Compound 50b, respectively, were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide at a concentration of 5 mM. Serial dilutions were prepared in RPMI, 10% FBS and 2% DMSO and then added to the cells. The total DMSO in the cell cultures was 1%. After 72 hours of incubation, the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using the Vialight HS kit (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at a value of 100. The IC50s were determined using a best-fit sigmoidal dose response curve with variable slope.
- As depicted in Table 5, Compound 50a and Compound 50b showed greater efficacy in decreasing cellular ATP levels in the cancer cell lines than in normal cell lines. These results demonstrate that Compound 50a and Compound 50b are selectively cytotoxic to cancer cells and are useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly NSCL-LC carcinoma, NSCL-adrenocarcinoma, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, cervial cancer, prostate cancer or lung cancer.
TABLE 5 Anti-oncogenic effects of Compound 50a and Compound 50b IC50 of IC50 of Com- Compound pound 50a 50b Cell line Tissue type Species (μM) (μM) Tumor H1299 NSCL-LC Human 0.550 0.230 carcinoma A549 NSCL- Human 0.630 0.580 adrenocarinoma Hep 3B Liver Human 0.970 0.770 MIA- Pancreas Human 0.660 0.250 Paca-2 C33A Cervix Human 0.500 0.450 PC-3 Prostate Human 0.370 0.350 Normal HMEC Breast epithelial Human 2.300 2.100 HUVEC Endothelial Human 1.700 1.300 NHBE Bronchial Human 1.200 1.200 epithelial
*Measurement of ATP levels were taken 72 h post-treatment and compared to untreated cells.
- To demonstrate the anti-tumor activity of
Compounds 50 in vivo, CB17 SCID/SCUD female mice (Charles River, Mass., USA) that were injected with C33A human cervical cancer cells were used. The resultant mice are a model for a human having cervical cancer. - The C33A human cervical cancer cells were maintained in RPMI supplemented with 10% inactivated fetal bovine serum and 1% penicillin-streptomycin-L-Glutamine, under 5% CO2 at 37° C., and passaged twice a week. The cells were grown at a confluency lower than 70% and then collected with Trypsin (Bio-Whittaker, MD, USA). The cells were then centrifuged and washed twice using phosphate buffered saline solution (PBS) and resuspended in PBS at 2×106 cells per 100 μl. Viability was examined by staining with Trypan Blue and only flasks with cell viability of greater than 95% were used for in vivo studies.
- C33A cells were transplanted subcutaneously into the flank of female CB17 SCID/SCID mice. Each mouse was inoculated with a suspension of 2×106 tumor cells per 100 μL on day zero. The following six treatment groups of ten mice each were used: (a) a negative control group treated with intravenous (i.v.) injection of vehicle, (b) a negative control group treated with intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection of vehicle, (c) a positive control group treated with i.p. injection of Cisplatin, (d) a group treated with i.v. injection of a
Compound 50, (e) a group treated with i.p. injection ofCompound 50, and (f) a group treated with subcutaneous (s.c.) injection ofCompound 50. - Treatment started on day thirteen after C33A cells transplantation for
Compound 50 treated groups and on day fourteen for Cisplatin treated group.Compound 50 was administered i.v., i.p., and s.c. once daily for five consecutive days at a dose of 10, 15 and 30 mg/kg, respectively.Compound 50 was prepared as a working solution of 1.5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL (Sigma, St. Louis, Miss., USA), 10% Ethanol and 5% Dextrose (Abbot Laboratories, QC, Canada). The negative control groups were treated with vehicle alone. The positive control group was treated once every 3 days for fifteen days at a dose of 3.5 mg/kg. Cisplatin was formulated in PBS on each day of the injection and was administered i.p. - The mice were weighed and the tumors measured on day 13 and every 2 to 3 days after treatment commenced. Observations continued for 36 days after initial tumor implantation. The changes in body weight and in the calculated tumor volume were plotted (
FIGS. 4 and 5 ). Statistical analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software Inc., San Diego, Calif.). Two-way ANOVA was used to determine how the treatment affected tumor growth over time. Following the two-way ANOVA, post-tests were performed using the Benferroni method to determine the statistical difference between the mean tumor-size of the two groups being compared on every day that the tumors were measured. Four animals in the negative control injected i.v. with vehicle and two animals in the group treated i.v. withCompound 50 died during the observation period. Therefore, the data collected from these animals were excluded from all calculations and the total number of animals in the groups changed to six for the negative control injected i.v. with vehicle and eight for the group treated i.v. withCompound 50. - As shown in
FIG. 4 , mice treated withCompound 50 experienced a non-significant change in body weight, whereas Cisplatin treated positive control group experienced a weight loss of 19% onday 34. - As shown in
FIG. 5 ,Compound 50 administered i.v. or i.p. at a dose of 10 or 15 mg/kg, respectively, once a day for five days resulted in a significant reduction (p<0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated i.v. with vehicle only. Onday 36, animals treated i.v. with 10 mg/kg ofCompound 50 had significantly (p<0.05) smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle only. Similarly, animals treated i.p. withCompound 50 had a significantly (p<0.05) smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle onday 34 andday 36. Furthermore,Compound 50 administered s.c. at a dose of 30 mg/kg once a day for five days resulted in a significant reduction (p<0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated s.c. with vehicle alone. Animals treated s.c. withCompound 50 had a significantly smaller mean tumor-size than animals treated with vehicle on day 34 (p<0.01) and day 36 (p<0.001). - As indicated in
FIG. 5 ,Compound 50 significantly reduces the human cervical tumors implanted in SCID mice, an art-accepted model for human cervical cancer. Accordingly,Compound 50 is useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, particularly a cervical cancer cell, and for treating or or preventing cancer, particularly cervical cancer, in a patient. - To demonstrate that
Compound 50 inhibits the growth of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae, the strain W303a was cultured in YEP media, containing Bacto Yeast Extract and Bacto Peptone (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Sparks, Md., USA) and supplemented with one of three different carbon sources, 2% glucose (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo., USA), 2% galactose (BDH Laboratory Supplies, Poole, England), or 2% glycerol (EM Science, Gibbstown, N.J., USA). Yeast cells were first cultured overnight in 10 mL of YEP glucose-containing medium at 30° C. The following day, 5 μL of the overnight culture (5-6×103 cells) was added to 100 μL of YEP media supplemented with 2% of one of the three carbon sources mentioned above in a 96-well microtitre plate. To these cultures a dilution series ofCompound 50 was added.Compound 50 was prepared as a stock solution in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at a concentration of 10 mM. Serial dilutions were prepared in distilled water. The final DMSO concentration in each well was 0.5%. Yeast cells were grown at 30° C. and cell growth was monitored by reading the OD600 (optical density at 600 nm) with a Tecan ULTRA plate reader (TECAN U.S. Inc., Research Triangle Park, N.C., USA). As depicted inFIG. 6 ,Compound 50 significantly inhibited growth of the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae in dose-dependent manner. Accordingly,Compound 50, an illustrative Diterpenoid Compound, is useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus or treating a fungal infection. - To demonstrate that
Compound 50 inhibits the growth of the fungus Candida albicans, the strain ATCC 10231 was cultured in YEP media, containing Bacto Yeast Extract and Bacto Peptone (Becton Dickinson Microbiology Systems, Sparks, Md., USA) and supplemented with 2% glucose (Sigma Chemical Co. St. Louis, Mo., USA). Fungus cells were first cultured overnight in 10 mL of YEP glucose-containing medium at 30° C. The following day, 5 μL of the overnight culture (5-6×103 cells) was added to 100 μL of YEP glucose-containing medium in a 96-well microtitre plate. To these cultures a dilution series ofCompound 50 was added.Compound 50 was prepared as a stock solution in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at a concentration of 10 mM. Serial dilutions were prepared in distilled water. The final DMSO concentration in each well was 0.5%. Fungus cells were grown at 30° C. and cell growth was monitored by reading the OD600 (optical density at 600 nm) with a Tecan Ultra plate reader (TECAN U.S. Inc. Research Triangle Park, N.C., USA). As depicted inFIG. 7 ,Compound 50 significantly inhibited growth of the fungus Candida albicans in a dose-dependent manner. Accordingly,Compound 50, an illustrative Diterpenoid Compound, is useful for inhibiting the growth of a fungus or treating a fungal infection. - To demonstrate the effect of
compounds 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70 on cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating cell lines with each compound. The selected tumor cell lines included C33A human cervical carcinoma and H1299 human non-small cell lung carcinoma (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va., USA). The cell lines were cultured in RPMI 1640 media supplemented with 10% FBS (Hyclone, Logan, Vt., USA), 100 U/mL penicillin, 100 μg/mL streptomycin and 2 mM L-glutamine (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif., USA). The cell lines were plated in 96-well microtitre plate at a density of 2-4×103 cells per well. After 16 hours, the cells were treated with various concentrations ofcompound 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70, respectively. Stock solutions ofcompounds 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70 were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide at a concentration of 5 mM. Serial dilutions were prepared in RPMI, 10% FBS and 2% DMSO and then added to the cells. The total DMSO on the cells was 1%. After 72 hours of incubation the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using Vialight HS kit (Cambrex Bio Science, Rockland, Me., USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at a value of 100. The IC50s were determined using a best-fit sigmoidal dose response curve with variable slope. - As depicted in Table 6, treatment with
Compound 66, 67, 68, 69 or 70 decreased the cellular ATP levels in the cancer cell lines. These results demonstrate thatCompounds 66, 67, 68, 69 and 70 inhibit the growth of a cancer cell, particularly a C33A human cervical carcinoma cell and H1299 human non-small cell lung carcinoma cell, and are useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly human cervical carcinoma and human non-small cell lung carcinoma, in a patient.TABLE 6 The IC50s in μM of Compounds 66, 67, 68, 69and 70 for anti-oncogenic effects*. Compound Formula H1299 C33A 66 I 1.440 1.550 67 I 0.950 1.190 68 I 2.070 2.530 69 I 1.360 0.870 70 III 16.810 15.890
*Measurement of ATP levels were taken 72 h post-treatment and compared to untreated cells.
6.14 Effects of Compounds 72, 73 and 76 on Cancer Cell Viability In Vitro - To demonstrate the effect of pro-drugs Compounds 72 and 73, and analogue Compound 76 on cancer cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating H1299 and C33A cancer cell lines as described in section 6.8.1 of this application.
- As depicted in Table 7, these compounds were efficient in decreasing cellular ATP levels in H1299 and C33A cancer cell lines. These results demonstrate that Compounds 72, 73 and 76 inhibit the growth of a cancer cell and are useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly, human cervical carcinoma and human non-small cell lung carcinoma, in a patient.
TABLE 7 The IC50s μM of Compounds 72, 73, and 76 for anti-oncogenic effects Compound H1299 C33A 72 0.997 0.212 73 1.544 0.655 76 0.302 0.200
6.15 Effects ofCompounds 80 and 81 on Cancer Cell Viability In Vitro - To demonstrate the effect of
analogues Compound 80 and Compound 81 on cancer cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating H 1299 and C33A cancer cell lines as described above in section 6.13.1. - As depicted in Table 8, these compounds were efficient in decreasing cellular ATP levels in H1299 and C33A cancer cell lines. These results demonstrate that
Compounds 80 and 81 inhibit the growth of a cancer cell and are useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly, human cervical carcinoma and human non-small cell lung carcinoma, in a patient.TABLE 8 The IC50s [μM] of Compounds 80 and 81 for anti-oncogenic effectsCompound H1299 C33A 80 0.208 0.216 81 0.155 0.186
6.16 Effect ofCompound 50, 50A, 50B AND 74A on Growth of Colon Carcinoma Tumor Cells In Vivo - To demonstrate the anti-tumor activity of
Compounds 50, 50a, 50b and 74a in vivo, CB17 SCID/SCID female mice (Charles River, Mass., USA) that were injected with SW480 human colon carcinoma cancer cells were used. The resultant mice are a model for a human having colon carcinoma cancer. - The SW480 human colon carcinoma cancer cells were maintained in RPMI supplemented with 10% inactivated fetal bovine serum and 1% penicillin-streptomycin-L-Glutamine, under 5% CO2 at 37° C., and passaged twice a week. The cells were grown at a confluency lower than 70% and then collected with Trypsin (Bio-Whittaker, Md., USA). The cells were then centrifuged and washed twice using phosphate buffered saline solution (PBS) and resuspended in PBS at 1×106 cells per 100 μl. Viability was examined by staining with Trypan Blue and only flasks with cell viability of greater than 95% were used for in vivo studies.
- SW480 cells were transplanted subcutaneously into the flank of female CB 17 SCID/SCID mice. Each mouse was inoculated with a suspension of 1×106 tumor cells per 100 μL on day zero. The following five treatment groups of ten mice each were used: (a) a negative control group treated with intravenous (i.v.) injection of vehicle, (b) a group treated with i.v. injection of a
Compound 50, (c) a group treated with i.v. injection of a Compound 50a, (d) a group treated with i.v. injection of Compound 50b, (e) a group treated with i.v. injection of Compound 74a. - Treatment started on day twelve after SW480 cells transplantation and Compounds 50, 50a, 50b and 74a were administered i.v. once daily for five consecutive days at a dose of 10, 10, 10 and 50 mg/kg, respectively.
Compound 50, 50a and 50b were prepared as a working solution of 1.5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL (Sigma, St. Louis, Miss., USA), and 10% Ethanol. Compound 74a was prepared as a working solution of 5 mg/mL in a vehicle solution of 5% Dextrose (Abbot Laboratories, QC, Canada). The negative control groups were treated with vehicle solution of 20% Cremaphor EL and 10% Ethanol alone. - The mice were weighed and the tumors measured on
day 12 and every 2 to 3 days after treatment commenced. Observations continued for 23 days after initial tumor implantation. The changes in body weight and in the calculated tumor volume were plotted (FIGS. 9 and 10 ). Statistical analysis was performed using GraphPad Prism (GraphPad Software Inc., San Diego, Calif.). Two-way ANOVA was used to determine how the treatment affected tumor growth over time. Following the two-way ANOVA, post-tests were performed using the Benferroni method to determine the statistical difference between the mean tumor-size of the two groups being compared on every day that the tumors were measured. - As shown in
FIG. 9 , mice treated withCompound 50, 50a, 50b or 74a experienced a non-significant change in body weight. - As shown in
FIG. 10 , each ofCompound 50, 50a and 50b administered i.v. at a dose of 10 mg/kg, once a day for five days resulted in a significant reduction (p<0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated i.v. with vehicle only. Similarly, animals treated with Compound 74a also had a significantly reduction (p<0.001) in tumor growth compared to mice treated with vehicle only. - As indicated in
FIG. 10 ,Compound 50, 50a, 50b and 74a each significantly reduces the human colon carcinoma tumors implanted in SCID mice, an art-accepted model for human colon carcinoma cancer. Accordingly,Compound 50, 50a, 50b and 74a are useful for inhibiting the growth of a cancer cell, particularly a colon carcinoma cancer cell, and for treating or preventing cancer, particularly colon carcinoma cancer, in a patient. - The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments disclosed in the examples which are intended as illustrations of a few aspects of the invention and any embodiments that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art and are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
- A number of references have been cited, the entire disclosures of which have been incorporated herein in their entirety.
Claims (66)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/865,262 US7230139B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
PCT/US2005/020535 WO2005123642A1 (en) | 2004-06-10 | 2005-06-09 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US43109602P | 2002-12-05 | 2002-12-05 | |
US10/725,629 US7217844B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2003-12-01 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
US10/865,262 US7230139B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/725,629 Continuation-In-Part US7217844B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2003-12-01 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050032802A1 true US20050032802A1 (en) | 2005-02-10 |
US7230139B2 US7230139B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 |
Family
ID=35509593
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/865,262 Expired - Fee Related US7230139B2 (en) | 2002-12-05 | 2004-06-10 | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US7230139B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005123642A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2007013965A2 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2007-02-01 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of scabronines and analogues thereof |
US20090186940A1 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2009-07-23 | Danishefsky Samuel J | Synthesis of Scabronines and Analogues Thereof |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US7795311B2 (en) * | 2007-10-15 | 2010-09-14 | Pittsburg State University | Methods and compositions for the management of soil-borne fungal diseases |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5480906A (en) * | 1994-07-01 | 1996-01-02 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stereochemical Wortmannin derivatives |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB2302021A (en) | 1996-10-16 | 1997-01-08 | Lilly Co Eli | Inhibiting bone loss or resorption |
US6670348B1 (en) | 1997-05-14 | 2003-12-30 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Methods and compositions for destruction of selected proteins |
US5981574A (en) | 1998-03-11 | 1999-11-09 | Phytera, Inc. | Phenanthrofuran derivatives |
US6703414B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2004-03-09 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | Device and method for treating restenosis |
JP4540986B2 (en) | 2001-09-14 | 2010-09-08 | アリゾナ ボード オブ リージェンツ オン ビハーフ オブ ザ ユニバーシティー オブ アリゾナ | Wortmannin analogs and methods of using them |
-
2004
- 2004-06-10 US US10/865,262 patent/US7230139B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2005
- 2005-06-09 WO PCT/US2005/020535 patent/WO2005123642A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5480906A (en) * | 1994-07-01 | 1996-01-02 | Eli Lilly And Company | Stereochemical Wortmannin derivatives |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2007013965A2 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2007-02-01 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of scabronines and analogues thereof |
WO2007013965A3 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2009-05-14 | Sloan Kettering Inst Cancer | Synthesis of scabronines and analogues thereof |
US20090186940A1 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2009-07-23 | Danishefsky Samuel J | Synthesis of Scabronines and Analogues Thereof |
US20110009485A9 (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2011-01-13 | Danishefsky Samuel J | Synthesis of scabronines and analogues thereof |
US7910623B2 (en) | 2005-07-22 | 2011-03-22 | Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research | Synthesis of scabronines and analogues thereof |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US7230139B2 (en) | 2007-06-12 |
WO2005123642A1 (en) | 2005-12-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8394859B2 (en) | Combretastatin analogs with tubulin binding activity | |
WO2006089406A1 (en) | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents | |
US5523490A (en) | Illudin analogs | |
JPS59225150A (en) | Pesticidal fragrant compound, synthesis and intermediate therefor, drug containing same and use as medicine | |
CA3111772A1 (en) | Illudin analogs, uses thereof, and methods for synthesizing the same | |
US7217844B2 (en) | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents | |
WO2005123642A1 (en) | Diterpenoid compounds, compositions thereof and their use as anti-cancer or anti-fungal agents | |
NZ537653A (en) | Compounds useful for the treatment of cancer, compositions thereof and methods therewith | |
EP1836165B1 (en) | Dipyrrole compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases | |
EP3922628A1 (en) | Cytotoxic compounds inhibiting tubulin polymerisation | |
US7491745B2 (en) | Pyrrole-Type compounds, compositions and methods for treating cancer or viral disease | |
EP1453783A1 (en) | Substituted aryl-cycloalkanes, and use thereof as anticancer agents | |
US20030229146A1 (en) | Cyclopentenone derivatives for cancer therapy |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GEMIN X BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC., CANADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:LAVALLEE, JEAN-FRANCOIS;RIOUX, ELISE;RABOUIN, DANIEL;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:015882/0557 Effective date: 20041006 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GALILEO PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GEMIN X BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.;REEL/FRAME:016113/0779 Effective date: 20041116 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GEMIN X BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC., CANADA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FORTIN, SAMUEL;REEL/FRAME:017119/0707 Effective date: 20050825 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: ALLOY VENTURES, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:GALILEO PHARMACEUTICALS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:016936/0079 Effective date: 20051222 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INVESTISSEMENT QUEBEC, QUEBEC Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNOR:GEMIN X BIOTECHNOLOGIES INC.;REEL/FRAME:018275/0714 Effective date: 20060817 |
|
REMI | Maintenance fee reminder mailed | ||
LAPS | Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees | ||
STCH | Information on status: patent discontinuation |
Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362 |
|
FP | Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee |
Effective date: 20110612 |
|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GEMIN X PHARMACEUTICALS CANADA INC., CANADA Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:INVESTISSEMENT QUEBEC;REEL/FRAME:028320/0312 Effective date: 20120412 |